wxPython/src/gtk/_core.py

   1 # This file was created automatically by SWIG 1.3.29.
   2 # Don't modify this file, modify the SWIG interface instead.
   3
   4 import _core_
   5 import new
   6 new_instancemethod = new.instancemethod
   7 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,static=1):
   8     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
   9     if (name == "this"):
  10         if type(value).__name__ == 'PySwigObject':
  11             self.__dict__[name] = value
  12             return
  13     method = class_type.__swig_setmethods__.get(name,None)
  14     if method: return method(self,value)
  15     if (not static) or hasattr(self,name):
  16         self.__dict__[name] = value
  17     else:
  18         raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  19
  20 def _swig_setattr(self,class_type,name,value):
  21     return _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,0)
  22
  23 def _swig_getattr(self,class_type,name):
  24     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own()
  25     method = class_type.__swig_getmethods__.get(name,None)
  26     if method: return method(self)
  27     raise AttributeError,name
  28
  29 def _swig_repr(self):
  30     try: strthis = "proxy of " + self.this.__repr__()
  31     except: strthis = ""
  32     return "<%s.%s; %s >" % (self.__class__.__module__, self.__class__.__name__, strthis,)
  33
  34 import types
  35 try:
  36     _object = types.ObjectType
  37     _newclass = 1
  38 except AttributeError:
  39     class _object : pass
  40     _newclass = 0
  41 del types
  42
  43
  44 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic_method(set):
  45     def set_attr(self,name,value):
  46         if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
  47         if hasattr(self,name) or (name == "this"):
  48             set(self,name,value)
  49         else:
  50             raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  51     return set_attr
  52
  53
  54 #// Give a reference to the dictionary of this module to the C++ extension
  55 #// code.
  56 _core_._wxPySetDictionary(vars())
  57
  58 #// A little trick to make 'wx' be a reference to this module so wx.Names can
  59 #// be used here.
  60 import sys as _sys
  61 wx = _sys.modules[__name__]
  62
  63
  64 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  65
  66 def _deprecated(callable, msg=None):
  67     """
  68     Create a wrapper function that will raise a DeprecationWarning
  69     before calling the callable.
  70     """
  71     if msg is None:
  72         msg = "%s is deprecated" % callable
  73     def deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs):
  74         import warnings
  75         warnings.warn(msg, DeprecationWarning, stacklevel=2)
  76         return callable(*args, **kwargs)
  77     deprecatedWrapper.__doc__ = msg
  78     return deprecatedWrapper
  79
  80
  81 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  82
  83 NOT_FOUND = _core_.NOT_FOUND
  84 VSCROLL = _core_.VSCROLL
  85 HSCROLL = _core_.HSCROLL
  86 CAPTION = _core_.CAPTION
  87 DOUBLE_BORDER = _core_.DOUBLE_BORDER
  88 SUNKEN_BORDER = _core_.SUNKEN_BORDER
  89 RAISED_BORDER = _core_.RAISED_BORDER
  90 BORDER = _core_.BORDER
  91 SIMPLE_BORDER = _core_.SIMPLE_BORDER
  92 STATIC_BORDER = _core_.STATIC_BORDER
  93 TRANSPARENT_WINDOW = _core_.TRANSPARENT_WINDOW
  94 NO_BORDER = _core_.NO_BORDER
  95 DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER = _core_.DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER
  96 DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE = _core_.DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE
  97 TAB_TRAVERSAL = _core_.TAB_TRAVERSAL
  98 WANTS_CHARS = _core_.WANTS_CHARS
  99 POPUP_WINDOW = _core_.POPUP_WINDOW
 100 CENTER_FRAME = _core_.CENTER_FRAME
 101 CENTRE_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTRE_ON_SCREEN
 102 CENTER_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTER_ON_SCREEN
 103 CLIP_CHILDREN = _core_.CLIP_CHILDREN
 104 CLIP_SIBLINGS = _core_.CLIP_SIBLINGS
 105 ALWAYS_SHOW_SB = _core_.ALWAYS_SHOW_SB
 106 RETAINED = _core_.RETAINED
 107 BACKINGSTORE = _core_.BACKINGSTORE
 108 COLOURED = _core_.COLOURED
 109 FIXED_LENGTH = _core_.FIXED_LENGTH
 110 LB_NEEDED_SB = _core_.LB_NEEDED_SB
 111 LB_ALWAYS_SB = _core_.LB_ALWAYS_SB
 112 LB_SORT = _core_.LB_SORT
 113 LB_SINGLE = _core_.LB_SINGLE
 114 LB_MULTIPLE = _core_.LB_MULTIPLE
 115 LB_EXTENDED = _core_.LB_EXTENDED
 116 LB_OWNERDRAW = _core_.LB_OWNERDRAW
 117 LB_HSCROLL = _core_.LB_HSCROLL
 118 PROCESS_ENTER = _core_.PROCESS_ENTER
 119 PASSWORD = _core_.PASSWORD
 120 CB_SIMPLE = _core_.CB_SIMPLE
 121 CB_DROPDOWN = _core_.CB_DROPDOWN
 122 CB_SORT = _core_.CB_SORT
 123 CB_READONLY = _core_.CB_READONLY
 124 RA_HORIZONTAL = _core_.RA_HORIZONTAL
 125 RA_VERTICAL = _core_.RA_VERTICAL
 126 RA_SPECIFY_ROWS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_ROWS
 127 RA_SPECIFY_COLS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_COLS
 128 RA_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RA_USE_CHECKBOX
 129 RB_GROUP = _core_.RB_GROUP
 130 RB_SINGLE = _core_.RB_SINGLE
 131 SB_HORIZONTAL = _core_.SB_HORIZONTAL
 132 SB_VERTICAL = _core_.SB_VERTICAL
 133 RB_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RB_USE_CHECKBOX
 134 ST_SIZEGRIP = _core_.ST_SIZEGRIP
 135 ST_NO_AUTORESIZE = _core_.ST_NO_AUTORESIZE
 136 FLOOD_SURFACE = _core_.FLOOD_SURFACE
 137 FLOOD_BORDER = _core_.FLOOD_BORDER
 138 ODDEVEN_RULE = _core_.ODDEVEN_RULE
 139 WINDING_RULE = _core_.WINDING_RULE
 140 TOOL_TOP = _core_.TOOL_TOP
 141 TOOL_BOTTOM = _core_.TOOL_BOTTOM
 142 TOOL_LEFT = _core_.TOOL_LEFT
 143 TOOL_RIGHT = _core_.TOOL_RIGHT
 144 OK = _core_.OK
 145 YES_NO = _core_.YES_NO
 146 CANCEL = _core_.CANCEL
 147 YES = _core_.YES
 148 NO = _core_.NO
 149 NO_DEFAULT = _core_.NO_DEFAULT
 150 YES_DEFAULT = _core_.YES_DEFAULT
 151 ICON_EXCLAMATION = _core_.ICON_EXCLAMATION
 152 ICON_HAND = _core_.ICON_HAND
 153 ICON_QUESTION = _core_.ICON_QUESTION
 154 ICON_INFORMATION = _core_.ICON_INFORMATION
 155 ICON_STOP = _core_.ICON_STOP
 156 ICON_ASTERISK = _core_.ICON_ASTERISK
 157 ICON_MASK = _core_.ICON_MASK
 158 ICON_WARNING = _core_.ICON_WARNING
 159 ICON_ERROR = _core_.ICON_ERROR
 160 FORWARD = _core_.FORWARD
 161 BACKWARD = _core_.BACKWARD
 162 RESET = _core_.RESET
 163 HELP = _core_.HELP
 164 MORE = _core_.MORE
 165 SETUP = _core_.SETUP
 166 SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH
 167 SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT
 168 SIZE_AUTO = _core_.SIZE_AUTO
 169 SIZE_USE_EXISTING = _core_.SIZE_USE_EXISTING
 170 SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE = _core_.SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE
 171 SIZE_FORCE = _core_.SIZE_FORCE
 172 PORTRAIT = _core_.PORTRAIT
 173 LANDSCAPE = _core_.LANDSCAPE
 174 PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH
 175 PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM
 176 PRINT_QUALITY_LOW = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_LOW
 177 PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT
 178 ID_ANY = _core_.ID_ANY
 179 ID_SEPARATOR = _core_.ID_SEPARATOR
 180 ID_NONE = _core_.ID_NONE
 181 ID_LOWEST = _core_.ID_LOWEST
 182 ID_OPEN = _core_.ID_OPEN
 183 ID_CLOSE = _core_.ID_CLOSE
 184 ID_NEW = _core_.ID_NEW
 185 ID_SAVE = _core_.ID_SAVE
 186 ID_SAVEAS = _core_.ID_SAVEAS
 187 ID_REVERT = _core_.ID_REVERT
 188 ID_EXIT = _core_.ID_EXIT
 189 ID_UNDO = _core_.ID_UNDO
 190 ID_REDO = _core_.ID_REDO
 191 ID_HELP = _core_.ID_HELP
 192 ID_PRINT = _core_.ID_PRINT
 193 ID_PRINT_SETUP = _core_.ID_PRINT_SETUP
 194 ID_PREVIEW = _core_.ID_PREVIEW
 195 ID_ABOUT = _core_.ID_ABOUT
 196 ID_HELP_CONTENTS = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTENTS
 197 ID_HELP_COMMANDS = _core_.ID_HELP_COMMANDS
 198 ID_HELP_PROCEDURES = _core_.ID_HELP_PROCEDURES
 199 ID_HELP_CONTEXT = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTEXT
 200 ID_CLOSE_ALL = _core_.ID_CLOSE_ALL
 201 ID_PREFERENCES = _core_.ID_PREFERENCES
 202 ID_CUT = _core_.ID_CUT
 203 ID_COPY = _core_.ID_COPY
 204 ID_PASTE = _core_.ID_PASTE
 205 ID_CLEAR = _core_.ID_CLEAR
 206 ID_FIND = _core_.ID_FIND
 207 ID_DUPLICATE = _core_.ID_DUPLICATE
 208 ID_SELECTALL = _core_.ID_SELECTALL
 209 ID_DELETE = _core_.ID_DELETE
 210 ID_REPLACE = _core_.ID_REPLACE
 211 ID_REPLACE_ALL = _core_.ID_REPLACE_ALL
 212 ID_PROPERTIES = _core_.ID_PROPERTIES
 213 ID_VIEW_DETAILS = _core_.ID_VIEW_DETAILS
 214 ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS
 215 ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS
 216 ID_VIEW_LIST = _core_.ID_VIEW_LIST
 217 ID_VIEW_SORTDATE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTDATE
 218 ID_VIEW_SORTNAME = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTNAME
 219 ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE
 220 ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE
 221 ID_FILE1 = _core_.ID_FILE1
 222 ID_FILE2 = _core_.ID_FILE2
 223 ID_FILE3 = _core_.ID_FILE3
 224 ID_FILE4 = _core_.ID_FILE4
 225 ID_FILE5 = _core_.ID_FILE5
 226 ID_FILE6 = _core_.ID_FILE6
 227 ID_FILE7 = _core_.ID_FILE7
 228 ID_FILE8 = _core_.ID_FILE8
 229 ID_FILE9 = _core_.ID_FILE9
 230 ID_OK = _core_.ID_OK
 231 ID_CANCEL = _core_.ID_CANCEL
 232 ID_APPLY = _core_.ID_APPLY
 233 ID_YES = _core_.ID_YES
 234 ID_NO = _core_.ID_NO
 235 ID_STATIC = _core_.ID_STATIC
 236 ID_FORWARD = _core_.ID_FORWARD
 237 ID_BACKWARD = _core_.ID_BACKWARD
 238 ID_DEFAULT = _core_.ID_DEFAULT
 239 ID_MORE = _core_.ID_MORE
 240 ID_SETUP = _core_.ID_SETUP
 241 ID_RESET = _core_.ID_RESET
 242 ID_CONTEXT_HELP = _core_.ID_CONTEXT_HELP
 243 ID_YESTOALL = _core_.ID_YESTOALL
 244 ID_NOTOALL = _core_.ID_NOTOALL
 245 ID_ABORT = _core_.ID_ABORT
 246 ID_RETRY = _core_.ID_RETRY
 247 ID_IGNORE = _core_.ID_IGNORE
 248 ID_ADD = _core_.ID_ADD
 249 ID_REMOVE = _core_.ID_REMOVE
 250 ID_UP = _core_.ID_UP
 251 ID_DOWN = _core_.ID_DOWN
 252 ID_HOME = _core_.ID_HOME
 253 ID_REFRESH = _core_.ID_REFRESH
 254 ID_STOP = _core_.ID_STOP
 255 ID_INDEX = _core_.ID_INDEX
 256 ID_BOLD = _core_.ID_BOLD
 257 ID_ITALIC = _core_.ID_ITALIC
 258 ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER
 259 ID_JUSTIFY_FILL = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_FILL
 260 ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT
 261 ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT
 262 ID_UNDERLINE = _core_.ID_UNDERLINE
 263 ID_INDENT = _core_.ID_INDENT
 264 ID_UNINDENT = _core_.ID_UNINDENT
 265 ID_ZOOM_100 = _core_.ID_ZOOM_100
 266 ID_ZOOM_FIT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_FIT
 267 ID_ZOOM_IN = _core_.ID_ZOOM_IN
 268 ID_ZOOM_OUT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_OUT
 269 ID_UNDELETE = _core_.ID_UNDELETE
 270 ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED = _core_.ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED
 271 ID_HIGHEST = _core_.ID_HIGHEST
 272 OPEN = _core_.OPEN
 273 SAVE = _core_.SAVE
 274 HIDE_READONLY = _core_.HIDE_READONLY
 275 OVERWRITE_PROMPT = _core_.OVERWRITE_PROMPT
 276 FILE_MUST_EXIST = _core_.FILE_MUST_EXIST
 277 MULTIPLE = _core_.MULTIPLE
 278 CHANGE_DIR = _core_.CHANGE_DIR
 279 ACCEL_ALT = _core_.ACCEL_ALT
 280 ACCEL_CTRL = _core_.ACCEL_CTRL
 281 ACCEL_SHIFT = _core_.ACCEL_SHIFT
 282 ACCEL_NORMAL = _core_.ACCEL_NORMAL
 283 PD_AUTO_HIDE = _core_.PD_AUTO_HIDE
 284 PD_APP_MODAL = _core_.PD_APP_MODAL
 285 PD_CAN_ABORT = _core_.PD_CAN_ABORT
 286 PD_ELAPSED_TIME = _core_.PD_ELAPSED_TIME
 287 PD_ESTIMATED_TIME = _core_.PD_ESTIMATED_TIME
 288 PD_REMAINING_TIME = _core_.PD_REMAINING_TIME
 289 PD_SMOOTH = _core_.PD_SMOOTH
 290 PD_CAN_SKIP = _core_.PD_CAN_SKIP
 291 DD_NEW_DIR_BUTTON = _core_.DD_NEW_DIR_BUTTON
 292 DD_DEFAULT_STYLE = _core_.DD_DEFAULT_STYLE
 293 MENU_TEAROFF = _core_.MENU_TEAROFF
 294 MB_DOCKABLE = _core_.MB_DOCKABLE
 295 NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 296 FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 297 LI_HORIZONTAL = _core_.LI_HORIZONTAL
 298 LI_VERTICAL = _core_.LI_VERTICAL
 299 WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY = _core_.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY
 300 WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS = _core_.WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS
 301 WS_EX_TRANSIENT = _core_.WS_EX_TRANSIENT
 302 WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND = _core_.WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND
 303 WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE
 304 WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES
 305 MM_TEXT = _core_.MM_TEXT
 306 MM_LOMETRIC = _core_.MM_LOMETRIC
 307 MM_HIMETRIC = _core_.MM_HIMETRIC
 308 MM_LOENGLISH = _core_.MM_LOENGLISH
 309 MM_HIENGLISH = _core_.MM_HIENGLISH
 310 MM_TWIPS = _core_.MM_TWIPS
 311 MM_ISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ISOTROPIC
 312 MM_ANISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ANISOTROPIC
 313 MM_POINTS = _core_.MM_POINTS
 314 MM_METRIC = _core_.MM_METRIC
 315 CENTRE = _core_.CENTRE
 316 CENTER = _core_.CENTER
 317 HORIZONTAL = _core_.HORIZONTAL
 318 VERTICAL = _core_.VERTICAL
 319 BOTH = _core_.BOTH
 320 LEFT = _core_.LEFT
 321 RIGHT = _core_.RIGHT
 322 UP = _core_.UP
 323 DOWN = _core_.DOWN
 324 TOP = _core_.TOP
 325 BOTTOM = _core_.BOTTOM
 326 NORTH = _core_.NORTH
 327 SOUTH = _core_.SOUTH
 328 WEST = _core_.WEST
 329 EAST = _core_.EAST
 330 ALL = _core_.ALL
 331 ALIGN_NOT = _core_.ALIGN_NOT
 332 ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL
 333 ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL
 334 ALIGN_LEFT = _core_.ALIGN_LEFT
 335 ALIGN_TOP = _core_.ALIGN_TOP
 336 ALIGN_RIGHT = _core_.ALIGN_RIGHT
 337 ALIGN_BOTTOM = _core_.ALIGN_BOTTOM
 338 ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL
 339 ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL
 340 ALIGN_CENTER = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER
 341 ALIGN_CENTRE = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE
 342 ALIGN_MASK = _core_.ALIGN_MASK
 343 STRETCH_NOT = _core_.STRETCH_NOT
 344 SHRINK = _core_.SHRINK
 345 GROW = _core_.GROW
 346 EXPAND = _core_.EXPAND
 347 SHAPED = _core_.SHAPED
 348 FIXED_MINSIZE = _core_.FIXED_MINSIZE
 349 TILE = _core_.TILE
 350 ADJUST_MINSIZE = _core_.ADJUST_MINSIZE
 351 BORDER_DEFAULT = _core_.BORDER_DEFAULT
 352 BORDER_NONE = _core_.BORDER_NONE
 353 BORDER_STATIC = _core_.BORDER_STATIC
 354 BORDER_SIMPLE = _core_.BORDER_SIMPLE
 355 BORDER_RAISED = _core_.BORDER_RAISED
 356 BORDER_SUNKEN = _core_.BORDER_SUNKEN
 357 BORDER_DOUBLE = _core_.BORDER_DOUBLE
 358 BORDER_MASK = _core_.BORDER_MASK
 359 BG_STYLE_SYSTEM = _core_.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM
 360 BG_STYLE_COLOUR = _core_.BG_STYLE_COLOUR
 361 BG_STYLE_CUSTOM = _core_.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM
 362 DEFAULT = _core_.DEFAULT
 363 DECORATIVE = _core_.DECORATIVE
 364 ROMAN = _core_.ROMAN
 365 SCRIPT = _core_.SCRIPT
 366 SWISS = _core_.SWISS
 367 MODERN = _core_.MODERN
 368 TELETYPE = _core_.TELETYPE
 369 VARIABLE = _core_.VARIABLE
 370 FIXED = _core_.FIXED
 371 NORMAL = _core_.NORMAL
 372 LIGHT = _core_.LIGHT
 373 BOLD = _core_.BOLD
 374 ITALIC = _core_.ITALIC
 375 SLANT = _core_.SLANT
 376 SOLID = _core_.SOLID
 377 DOT = _core_.DOT
 378 LONG_DASH = _core_.LONG_DASH
 379 SHORT_DASH = _core_.SHORT_DASH
 380 DOT_DASH = _core_.DOT_DASH
 381 USER_DASH = _core_.USER_DASH
 382 TRANSPARENT = _core_.TRANSPARENT
 383 STIPPLE = _core_.STIPPLE
 384 STIPPLE_MASK = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK
 385 STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE
 386 BDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.BDIAGONAL_HATCH
 387 CROSSDIAG_HATCH = _core_.CROSSDIAG_HATCH
 388 FDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.FDIAGONAL_HATCH
 389 CROSS_HATCH = _core_.CROSS_HATCH
 390 HORIZONTAL_HATCH = _core_.HORIZONTAL_HATCH
 391 VERTICAL_HATCH = _core_.VERTICAL_HATCH
 392 JOIN_BEVEL = _core_.JOIN_BEVEL
 393 JOIN_MITER = _core_.JOIN_MITER
 394 JOIN_ROUND = _core_.JOIN_ROUND
 395 CAP_ROUND = _core_.CAP_ROUND
 396 CAP_PROJECTING = _core_.CAP_PROJECTING
 397 CAP_BUTT = _core_.CAP_BUTT
 398 CLEAR = _core_.CLEAR
 399 XOR = _core_.XOR
 400 INVERT = _core_.INVERT
 401 OR_REVERSE = _core_.OR_REVERSE
 402 AND_REVERSE = _core_.AND_REVERSE
 403 COPY = _core_.COPY
 404 AND = _core_.AND
 405 AND_INVERT = _core_.AND_INVERT
 406 NO_OP = _core_.NO_OP
 407 NOR = _core_.NOR
 408 EQUIV = _core_.EQUIV
 409 SRC_INVERT = _core_.SRC_INVERT
 410 OR_INVERT = _core_.OR_INVERT
 411 NAND = _core_.NAND
 412 OR = _core_.OR
 413 SET = _core_.SET
 414 WXK_BACK = _core_.WXK_BACK
 415 WXK_TAB = _core_.WXK_TAB
 416 WXK_RETURN = _core_.WXK_RETURN
 417 WXK_ESCAPE = _core_.WXK_ESCAPE
 418 WXK_SPACE = _core_.WXK_SPACE
 419 WXK_DELETE = _core_.WXK_DELETE
 420 WXK_START = _core_.WXK_START
 421 WXK_LBUTTON = _core_.WXK_LBUTTON
 422 WXK_RBUTTON = _core_.WXK_RBUTTON
 423 WXK_CANCEL = _core_.WXK_CANCEL
 424 WXK_MBUTTON = _core_.WXK_MBUTTON
 425 WXK_CLEAR = _core_.WXK_CLEAR
 426 WXK_SHIFT = _core_.WXK_SHIFT
 427 WXK_ALT = _core_.WXK_ALT
 428 WXK_CONTROL = _core_.WXK_CONTROL
 429 WXK_MENU = _core_.WXK_MENU
 430 WXK_PAUSE = _core_.WXK_PAUSE
 431 WXK_CAPITAL = _core_.WXK_CAPITAL
 432 WXK_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_PRIOR
 433 WXK_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NEXT
 434 WXK_END = _core_.WXK_END
 435 WXK_HOME = _core_.WXK_HOME
 436 WXK_LEFT = _core_.WXK_LEFT
 437 WXK_UP = _core_.WXK_UP
 438 WXK_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_RIGHT
 439 WXK_DOWN = _core_.WXK_DOWN
 440 WXK_SELECT = _core_.WXK_SELECT
 441 WXK_PRINT = _core_.WXK_PRINT
 442 WXK_EXECUTE = _core_.WXK_EXECUTE
 443 WXK_SNAPSHOT = _core_.WXK_SNAPSHOT
 444 WXK_INSERT = _core_.WXK_INSERT
 445 WXK_HELP = _core_.WXK_HELP
 446 WXK_NUMPAD0 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD0
 447 WXK_NUMPAD1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD1
 448 WXK_NUMPAD2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD2
 449 WXK_NUMPAD3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD3
 450 WXK_NUMPAD4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD4
 451 WXK_NUMPAD5 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD5
 452 WXK_NUMPAD6 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD6
 453 WXK_NUMPAD7 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD7
 454 WXK_NUMPAD8 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD8
 455 WXK_NUMPAD9 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD9
 456 WXK_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_MULTIPLY
 457 WXK_ADD = _core_.WXK_ADD
 458 WXK_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_SEPARATOR
 459 WXK_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_SUBTRACT
 460 WXK_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_DECIMAL
 461 WXK_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_DIVIDE
 462 WXK_F1 = _core_.WXK_F1
 463 WXK_F2 = _core_.WXK_F2
 464 WXK_F3 = _core_.WXK_F3
 465 WXK_F4 = _core_.WXK_F4
 466 WXK_F5 = _core_.WXK_F5
 467 WXK_F6 = _core_.WXK_F6
 468 WXK_F7 = _core_.WXK_F7
 469 WXK_F8 = _core_.WXK_F8
 470 WXK_F9 = _core_.WXK_F9
 471 WXK_F10 = _core_.WXK_F10
 472 WXK_F11 = _core_.WXK_F11
 473 WXK_F12 = _core_.WXK_F12
 474 WXK_F13 = _core_.WXK_F13
 475 WXK_F14 = _core_.WXK_F14
 476 WXK_F15 = _core_.WXK_F15
 477 WXK_F16 = _core_.WXK_F16
 478 WXK_F17 = _core_.WXK_F17
 479 WXK_F18 = _core_.WXK_F18
 480 WXK_F19 = _core_.WXK_F19
 481 WXK_F20 = _core_.WXK_F20
 482 WXK_F21 = _core_.WXK_F21
 483 WXK_F22 = _core_.WXK_F22
 484 WXK_F23 = _core_.WXK_F23
 485 WXK_F24 = _core_.WXK_F24
 486 WXK_NUMLOCK = _core_.WXK_NUMLOCK
 487 WXK_SCROLL = _core_.WXK_SCROLL
 488 WXK_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_PAGEUP
 489 WXK_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_PAGEDOWN
 490 WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE
 491 WXK_NUMPAD_TAB = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_TAB
 492 WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER
 493 WXK_NUMPAD_F1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F1
 494 WXK_NUMPAD_F2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F2
 495 WXK_NUMPAD_F3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F3
 496 WXK_NUMPAD_F4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F4
 497 WXK_NUMPAD_HOME = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_HOME
 498 WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT
 499 WXK_NUMPAD_UP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_UP
 500 WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT
 501 WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN
 502 WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR
 503 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP
 504 WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT
 505 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN
 506 WXK_NUMPAD_END = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_END
 507 WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN
 508 WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT
 509 WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE
 510 WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL
 511 WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY
 512 WXK_NUMPAD_ADD = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ADD
 513 WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR
 514 WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT
 515 WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL
 516 WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE
 517 WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT
 518 WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT
 519 WXK_WINDOWS_MENU = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_MENU
 520 WXK_COMMAND = _core_.WXK_COMMAND
 521 WXK_SPECIAL1 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL1
 522 WXK_SPECIAL2 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL2
 523 WXK_SPECIAL3 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL3
 524 WXK_SPECIAL4 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL4
 525 WXK_SPECIAL5 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL5
 526 WXK_SPECIAL6 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL6
 527 WXK_SPECIAL7 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL7
 528 WXK_SPECIAL8 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL8
 529 WXK_SPECIAL9 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL9
 530 WXK_SPECIAL10 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL10
 531 WXK_SPECIAL11 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL11
 532 WXK_SPECIAL12 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL12
 533 WXK_SPECIAL13 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL13
 534 WXK_SPECIAL14 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL14
 535 WXK_SPECIAL15 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL15
 536 WXK_SPECIAL16 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL16
 537 WXK_SPECIAL17 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL17
 538 WXK_SPECIAL18 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL18
 539 WXK_SPECIAL19 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL19
 540 WXK_SPECIAL20 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL20
 541 PAPER_NONE = _core_.PAPER_NONE
 542 PAPER_LETTER = _core_.PAPER_LETTER
 543 PAPER_LEGAL = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL
 544 PAPER_A4 = _core_.PAPER_A4
 545 PAPER_CSHEET = _core_.PAPER_CSHEET
 546 PAPER_DSHEET = _core_.PAPER_DSHEET
 547 PAPER_ESHEET = _core_.PAPER_ESHEET
 548 PAPER_LETTERSMALL = _core_.PAPER_LETTERSMALL
 549 PAPER_TABLOID = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID
 550 PAPER_LEDGER = _core_.PAPER_LEDGER
 551 PAPER_STATEMENT = _core_.PAPER_STATEMENT
 552 PAPER_EXECUTIVE = _core_.PAPER_EXECUTIVE
 553 PAPER_A3 = _core_.PAPER_A3
 554 PAPER_A4SMALL = _core_.PAPER_A4SMALL
 555 PAPER_A5 = _core_.PAPER_A5
 556 PAPER_B4 = _core_.PAPER_B4
 557 PAPER_B5 = _core_.PAPER_B5
 558 PAPER_FOLIO = _core_.PAPER_FOLIO
 559 PAPER_QUARTO = _core_.PAPER_QUARTO
 560 PAPER_10X14 = _core_.PAPER_10X14
 561 PAPER_11X17 = _core_.PAPER_11X17
 562 PAPER_NOTE = _core_.PAPER_NOTE
 563 PAPER_ENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_9
 564 PAPER_ENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_10
 565 PAPER_ENV_11 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_11
 566 PAPER_ENV_12 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_12
 567 PAPER_ENV_14 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_14
 568 PAPER_ENV_DL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_DL
 569 PAPER_ENV_C5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C5
 570 PAPER_ENV_C3 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C3
 571 PAPER_ENV_C4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C4
 572 PAPER_ENV_C6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C6
 573 PAPER_ENV_C65 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C65
 574 PAPER_ENV_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B4
 575 PAPER_ENV_B5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B5
 576 PAPER_ENV_B6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B6
 577 PAPER_ENV_ITALY = _core_.PAPER_ENV_ITALY
 578 PAPER_ENV_MONARCH = _core_.PAPER_ENV_MONARCH
 579 PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL
 580 PAPER_FANFOLD_US = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_US
 581 PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN
 582 PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN
 583 PAPER_ISO_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ISO_B4
 584 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 585 PAPER_9X11 = _core_.PAPER_9X11
 586 PAPER_10X11 = _core_.PAPER_10X11
 587 PAPER_15X11 = _core_.PAPER_15X11
 588 PAPER_ENV_INVITE = _core_.PAPER_ENV_INVITE
 589 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA
 590 PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA
 591 PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA
 592 PAPER_A4_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A4_EXTRA
 593 PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE
 594 PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE
 595 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 596 PAPER_A_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A_PLUS
 597 PAPER_B_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_B_PLUS
 598 PAPER_LETTER_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_PLUS
 599 PAPER_A4_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A4_PLUS
 600 PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE
 601 PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE
 602 PAPER_A3_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA
 603 PAPER_A5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A5_EXTRA
 604 PAPER_B5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_B5_EXTRA
 605 PAPER_A2 = _core_.PAPER_A2
 606 PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE
 607 PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 608 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 609 PAPER_A6 = _core_.PAPER_A6
 610 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2
 611 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3
 612 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3
 613 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4
 614 PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED
 615 PAPER_A3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A3_ROTATED
 616 PAPER_A4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A4_ROTATED
 617 PAPER_A5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A5_ROTATED
 618 PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED
 619 PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED
 620 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 621 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 622 PAPER_A6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A6_ROTATED
 623 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED
 624 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED
 625 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED
 626 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED
 627 PAPER_B6_JIS = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS
 628 PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED
 629 PAPER_12X11 = _core_.PAPER_12X11
 630 PAPER_JENV_YOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4
 631 PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED
 632 PAPER_P16K = _core_.PAPER_P16K
 633 PAPER_P32K = _core_.PAPER_P32K
 634 PAPER_P32KBIG = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG
 635 PAPER_PENV_1 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1
 636 PAPER_PENV_2 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2
 637 PAPER_PENV_3 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3
 638 PAPER_PENV_4 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4
 639 PAPER_PENV_5 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5
 640 PAPER_PENV_6 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6
 641 PAPER_PENV_7 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7
 642 PAPER_PENV_8 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8
 643 PAPER_PENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9
 644 PAPER_PENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10
 645 PAPER_P16K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P16K_ROTATED
 646 PAPER_P32K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32K_ROTATED
 647 PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED
 648 PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED
 649 PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED
 650 PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED
 651 PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED
 652 PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED
 653 PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED
 654 PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED
 655 PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED
 656 PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED
 657 PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED
 658 DUPLEX_SIMPLEX = _core_.DUPLEX_SIMPLEX
 659 DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL = _core_.DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL
 660 DUPLEX_VERTICAL = _core_.DUPLEX_VERTICAL
 661 ITEM_SEPARATOR = _core_.ITEM_SEPARATOR
 662 ITEM_NORMAL = _core_.ITEM_NORMAL
 663 ITEM_CHECK = _core_.ITEM_CHECK
 664 ITEM_RADIO = _core_.ITEM_RADIO
 665 ITEM_MAX = _core_.ITEM_MAX
 666 HT_NOWHERE = _core_.HT_NOWHERE
 667 HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST
 668 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1
 669 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2
 670 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1
 671 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2
 672 HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB
 673 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1
 674 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2
 675 HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST
 676 HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE
 677 HT_WINDOW_INSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_INSIDE
 678 HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR
 679 HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR
 680 HT_WINDOW_CORNER = _core_.HT_WINDOW_CORNER
 681 HT_MAX = _core_.HT_MAX
 682 MOD_NONE = _core_.MOD_NONE
 683 MOD_ALT = _core_.MOD_ALT
 684 MOD_CONTROL = _core_.MOD_CONTROL
 685 MOD_ALTGR = _core_.MOD_ALTGR
 686 MOD_SHIFT = _core_.MOD_SHIFT
 687 MOD_META = _core_.MOD_META
 688 MOD_WIN = _core_.MOD_WIN
 689 MOD_CMD = _core_.MOD_CMD
 690 MOD_ALL = _core_.MOD_ALL
 691 UPDATE_UI_NONE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_NONE
 692 UPDATE_UI_RECURSE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_RECURSE
 693 UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE
 694 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 695
 696 class Object(object):
 697     """
 698     The base class for most wx objects, although in wxPython not
 699     much functionality is needed nor exposed.
 700     """
 701     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 702     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
 703     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 704     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
 705         """
 706         GetClassName(self) -> String
 707
 708         Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.
 709         """
 710         return _core_.Object_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
 711
 712     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
 713         """
 714         Destroy(self)
 715
 716         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
 717         """
 718         val = _core_.Object_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
 719         args[0].thisown = 0
 720         return val
 721
 722 Object_swigregister = _core_.Object_swigregister
 723 Object_swigregister(Object)
 724 _wxPySetDictionary = _core_._wxPySetDictionary
 725 _wxPyFixStockObjects = _core_._wxPyFixStockObjects
 726 cvar = _core_.cvar
 727 EmptyString = cvar.EmptyString
 728
 729 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 730
 731 BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
 732 BITMAP_TYPE_BMP = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_BMP
 733 BITMAP_TYPE_ICO = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICO
 734 BITMAP_TYPE_CUR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_CUR
 735 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM
 736 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA
 737 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM
 738 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA
 739 BITMAP_TYPE_TIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_TIF
 740 BITMAP_TYPE_GIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_GIF
 741 BITMAP_TYPE_PNG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG
 742 BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG
 743 BITMAP_TYPE_PNM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNM
 744 BITMAP_TYPE_PCX = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PCX
 745 BITMAP_TYPE_PICT = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PICT
 746 BITMAP_TYPE_ICON = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICON
 747 BITMAP_TYPE_ANI = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANI
 748 BITMAP_TYPE_IFF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_IFF
 749 BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR
 750 BITMAP_TYPE_ANY = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANY
 751 CURSOR_NONE = _core_.CURSOR_NONE
 752 CURSOR_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_ARROW
 753 CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW
 754 CURSOR_BULLSEYE = _core_.CURSOR_BULLSEYE
 755 CURSOR_CHAR = _core_.CURSOR_CHAR
 756 CURSOR_CROSS = _core_.CURSOR_CROSS
 757 CURSOR_HAND = _core_.CURSOR_HAND
 758 CURSOR_IBEAM = _core_.CURSOR_IBEAM
 759 CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON
 760 CURSOR_MAGNIFIER = _core_.CURSOR_MAGNIFIER
 761 CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON
 762 CURSOR_NO_ENTRY = _core_.CURSOR_NO_ENTRY
 763 CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH = _core_.CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH
 764 CURSOR_PENCIL = _core_.CURSOR_PENCIL
 765 CURSOR_POINT_LEFT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_LEFT
 766 CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT
 767 CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW
 768 CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON
 769 CURSOR_SIZENESW = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENESW
 770 CURSOR_SIZENS = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENS
 771 CURSOR_SIZENWSE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENWSE
 772 CURSOR_SIZEWE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZEWE
 773 CURSOR_SIZING = _core_.CURSOR_SIZING
 774 CURSOR_SPRAYCAN = _core_.CURSOR_SPRAYCAN
 775 CURSOR_WAIT = _core_.CURSOR_WAIT
 776 CURSOR_WATCH = _core_.CURSOR_WATCH
 777 CURSOR_BLANK = _core_.CURSOR_BLANK
 778 CURSOR_DEFAULT = _core_.CURSOR_DEFAULT
 779 CURSOR_COPY_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_COPY_ARROW
 780 CURSOR_ARROWWAIT = _core_.CURSOR_ARROWWAIT
 781 CURSOR_MAX = _core_.CURSOR_MAX
 782 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 783
 784 class Size(object):
 785     """
 786     wx.Size is a useful data structure used to represent the size of
 787     something.  It simply contains integer width and height
 788     properties.  In most places in wxPython where a wx.Size is
 789     expected a (width, height) tuple can be used instead.
 790     """
 791     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 792     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 793     width = property(_core_.Size_width_get, _core_.Size_width_set)
 794     height = property(_core_.Size_height_get, _core_.Size_height_set)
 795     x = width; y = height
 796     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 797         """
 798         __init__(self, int w=0, int h=0) -> Size
 799
 800         Creates a size object.
 801         """
 802         _core_.Size_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Size(*args, **kwargs))
 803     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Size
 804     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 805     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 806         """
 807         __eq__(self, Size sz) -> bool
 808
 809         Test for equality of wx.Size objects.
 810         """
 811         return _core_.Size___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 812
 813     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 814         """
 815         __ne__(self, Size sz) -> bool
 816
 817         Test for inequality.
 818         """
 819         return _core_.Size___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 820
 821     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 822         """
 823         __add__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 824
 825         Add sz's proprties to this and return the result.
 826         """
 827         return _core_.Size___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 828
 829     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 830         """
 831         __sub__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 832
 833         Subtract sz's properties from this and return the result.
 834         """
 835         return _core_.Size___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 836
 837     def IncTo(*args, **kwargs):
 838         """
 839         IncTo(self, Size sz)
 840
 841         Increments this object so that both of its dimensions are not less
 842         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 843         """
 844         return _core_.Size_IncTo(*args, **kwargs)
 845
 846     def DecTo(*args, **kwargs):
 847         """
 848         DecTo(self, Size sz)
 849
 850         Decrements this object so that both of its dimensions are not greater
 851         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 852         """
 853         return _core_.Size_DecTo(*args, **kwargs)
 854
 855     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 856         """
 857         Set(self, int w, int h)
 858
 859         Set both width and height.
 860         """
 861         return _core_.Size_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 862
 863     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 864         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
 865         return _core_.Size_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 866
 867     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 868         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
 869         return _core_.Size_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 870
 871     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 872         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
 873         return _core_.Size_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 874
 875     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 876         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
 877         return _core_.Size_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 878
 879     def IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs):
 880         """
 881         IsFullySpecified(self) -> bool
 882
 883         Returns True if both components of the size are non-default values.
 884         """
 885         return _core_.Size_IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs)
 886
 887     def SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs):
 888         """
 889         SetDefaults(self, Size size)
 890
 891         Combine this size with the other one replacing the default components
 892         of this object (i.e. equal to -1) with those of the other.
 893         """
 894         return _core_.Size_SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs)
 895
 896     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 897         """
 898         Get() -> (width,height)
 899
 900         Returns the width and height properties as a tuple.
 901         """
 902         return _core_.Size_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 903
 904     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 905     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 906     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Size'+str(self.Get())
 907     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 908     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 909     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 910         if index == 0: self.width = val
 911         elif index == 1: self.height = val
 912         else: raise IndexError
 913     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
 914     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
 915     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Size, self.Get())
 916
 917 Size_swigregister = _core_.Size_swigregister
 918 Size_swigregister(Size)
 919
 920 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 921
 922 class RealPoint(object):
 923     """
 924     A data structure for representing a point or position with floating
 925     point x and y properties.  In wxPython most places that expect a
 926     wx.RealPoint can also accept a (x,y) tuple.
 927     """
 928     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 929     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 930     x = property(_core_.RealPoint_x_get, _core_.RealPoint_x_set)
 931     y = property(_core_.RealPoint_y_get, _core_.RealPoint_y_set)
 932     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 933         """
 934         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> RealPoint
 935
 936         Create a wx.RealPoint object
 937         """
 938         _core_.RealPoint_swiginit(self,_core_.new_RealPoint(*args, **kwargs))
 939     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_RealPoint
 940     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 941     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 942         """
 943         __eq__(self, RealPoint pt) -> bool
 944
 945         Test for equality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 946         """
 947         return _core_.RealPoint___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 948
 949     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 950         """
 951         __ne__(self, RealPoint pt) -> bool
 952
 953         Test for inequality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 954         """
 955         return _core_.RealPoint___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 956
 957     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 958         """
 959         __add__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 960
 961         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
 962         """
 963         return _core_.RealPoint___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 964
 965     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 966         """
 967         __sub__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 968
 969         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
 970         """
 971         return _core_.RealPoint___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 972
 973     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 974         """
 975         Set(self, double x, double y)
 976
 977         Set both the x and y properties
 978         """
 979         return _core_.RealPoint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 980
 981     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 982         """
 983         Get() -> (x,y)
 984
 985         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
 986         """
 987         return _core_.RealPoint_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 988
 989     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 990     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 991     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.RealPoint'+str(self.Get())
 992     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 993     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 994     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 995         if index == 0: self.x = val
 996         elif index == 1: self.y = val
 997         else: raise IndexError
 998     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
 999     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1000     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.RealPoint, self.Get())
1001
1002 RealPoint_swigregister = _core_.RealPoint_swigregister
1003 RealPoint_swigregister(RealPoint)
1004
1005 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1006
1007 class Point(object):
1008     """
1009     A data structure for representing a point or position with integer x
1010     and y properties.  Most places in wxPython that expect a wx.Point can
1011     also accept a (x,y) tuple.
1012     """
1013     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1014     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1015     x = property(_core_.Point_x_get, _core_.Point_x_set)
1016     y = property(_core_.Point_y_get, _core_.Point_y_set)
1017     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1018         """
1019         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> Point
1020
1021         Create a wx.Point object
1022         """
1023         _core_.Point_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point(*args, **kwargs))
1024     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Point
1025     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1026     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1027         """
1028         __eq__(self, Point pt) -> bool
1029
1030         Test for equality of wx.Point objects.
1031         """
1032         return _core_.Point___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1033
1034     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1035         """
1036         __ne__(self, Point pt) -> bool
1037
1038         Test for inequality of wx.Point objects.
1039         """
1040         return _core_.Point___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1041
1042     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1043         """
1044         __add__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1045
1046         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
1047         """
1048         return _core_.Point___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1049
1050     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
1051         """
1052         __sub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1053
1054         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
1055         """
1056         return _core_.Point___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
1057
1058     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1059         """
1060         __iadd__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1061
1062         Add pt to this object.
1063         """
1064         return _core_.Point___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1065
1066     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1067         """
1068         __isub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1069
1070         Subtract pt from this object.
1071         """
1072         return _core_.Point___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1073
1074     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1075         """
1076         Set(self, long x, long y)
1077
1078         Set both the x and y properties
1079         """
1080         return _core_.Point_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1081
1082     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1083         """
1084         Get() -> (x,y)
1085
1086         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
1087         """
1088         return _core_.Point_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1089
1090     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1091     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1092     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point'+str(self.Get())
1093     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1094     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1095     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1096         if index == 0: self.x = val
1097         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1098         else: raise IndexError
1099     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
1100     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1101     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point, self.Get())
1102
1103 Point_swigregister = _core_.Point_swigregister
1104 Point_swigregister(Point)
1105
1106 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1107
1108 class Rect(object):
1109     """
1110     A class for representing and manipulating rectangles.  It has x, y,
1111     width and height properties.  In wxPython most palces that expect a
1112     wx.Rect can also accept a (x,y,width,height) tuple.
1113     """
1114     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1115     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1116     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1117         """
1118         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0) -> Rect
1119
1120         Create a new Rect object.
1121         """
1122         _core_.Rect_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Rect(*args, **kwargs))
1123     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Rect
1124     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1125     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
1126         """GetX(self) -> int"""
1127         return _core_.Rect_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
1128
1129     def SetX(*args, **kwargs):
1130         """SetX(self, int x)"""
1131         return _core_.Rect_SetX(*args, **kwargs)
1132
1133     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
1134         """GetY(self) -> int"""
1135         return _core_.Rect_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
1136
1137     def SetY(*args, **kwargs):
1138         """SetY(self, int y)"""
1139         return _core_.Rect_SetY(*args, **kwargs)
1140
1141     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1142         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
1143         return _core_.Rect_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1144
1145     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1146         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
1147         return _core_.Rect_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1148
1149     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1150         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
1151         return _core_.Rect_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1152
1153     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1154         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
1155         return _core_.Rect_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1156
1157     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1158         """GetPosition(self) -> Point"""
1159         return _core_.Rect_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1160
1161     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1162         """SetPosition(self, Point p)"""
1163         return _core_.Rect_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1164
1165     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1166         """GetSize(self) -> Size"""
1167         return _core_.Rect_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1168
1169     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1170         """SetSize(self, Size s)"""
1171         return _core_.Rect_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1172
1173     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
1174         """IsEmpty(self) -> bool"""
1175         return _core_.Rect_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
1176
1177     def GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1178         """GetTopLeft(self) -> Point"""
1179         return _core_.Rect_GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1180
1181     def SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1182         """SetTopLeft(self, Point p)"""
1183         return _core_.Rect_SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1184
1185     def GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1186         """GetBottomRight(self) -> Point"""
1187         return _core_.Rect_GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1188
1189     def SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1190         """SetBottomRight(self, Point p)"""
1191         return _core_.Rect_SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1192
1193     def GetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1194         """GetLeft(self) -> int"""
1195         return _core_.Rect_GetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1196
1197     def GetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1198         """GetTop(self) -> int"""
1199         return _core_.Rect_GetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1200
1201     def GetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1202         """GetBottom(self) -> int"""
1203         return _core_.Rect_GetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1204
1205     def GetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1206         """GetRight(self) -> int"""
1207         return _core_.Rect_GetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1208
1209     def SetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1210         """SetLeft(self, int left)"""
1211         return _core_.Rect_SetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1212
1213     def SetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1214         """SetRight(self, int right)"""
1215         return _core_.Rect_SetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1216
1217     def SetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1218         """SetTop(self, int top)"""
1219         return _core_.Rect_SetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1220
1221     def SetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1222         """SetBottom(self, int bottom)"""
1223         return _core_.Rect_SetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1224
1225     position = property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
1226     size = property(GetSize, SetSize)
1227     left = property(GetLeft, SetLeft)
1228     right = property(GetRight, SetRight)
1229     top = property(GetTop, SetTop)
1230     bottom = property(GetBottom, SetBottom)
1231
1232     def Inflate(*args, **kwargs):
1233         """
1234         Inflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1235
1236         Increases the size of the rectangle.
1237
1238         The left border is moved farther left and the right border is moved
1239         farther right by ``dx``. The upper border is moved farther up and the
1240         bottom border is moved farther down by ``dy``. (Note the the width and
1241         height of the rectangle thus change by ``2*dx`` and ``2*dy``,
1242         respectively.) If one or both of ``dx`` and ``dy`` are negative, the
1243         opposite happens: the rectangle size decreases in the respective
1244         direction.
1245
1246         The change is made to the rectangle inplace, if instead you need a
1247         copy that is inflated, preserving the original then make the copy
1248         first::
1249
1250             copy = wx.Rect(*original)
1251             copy.Inflate(10,15)
1252
1253
1254         """
1255         return _core_.Rect_Inflate(*args, **kwargs)
1256
1257     def Deflate(*args, **kwargs):
1258         """
1259         Deflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1260
1261         Decrease the rectangle size. This method is the opposite of `Inflate`
1262         in that Deflate(a,b) is equivalent to Inflate(-a,-b).  Please refer to
1263         `Inflate` for a full description.
1264         """
1265         return _core_.Rect_Deflate(*args, **kwargs)
1266
1267     def OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs):
1268         """
1269         OffsetXY(self, int dx, int dy)
1270
1271         Moves the rectangle by the specified offset. If dx is positive, the
1272         rectangle is moved to the right, if dy is positive, it is moved to the
1273         bottom, otherwise it is moved to the left or top respectively.
1274         """
1275         return _core_.Rect_OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs)
1276
1277     def Offset(*args, **kwargs):
1278         """
1279         Offset(self, Point pt)
1280
1281         Same as `OffsetXY` but uses dx,dy from Point
1282         """
1283         return _core_.Rect_Offset(*args, **kwargs)
1284
1285     def Intersect(*args, **kwargs):
1286         """
1287         Intersect(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1288
1289         Returns the intersectsion of this rectangle and rect.
1290         """
1291         return _core_.Rect_Intersect(*args, **kwargs)
1292
1293     def Union(*args, **kwargs):
1294         """
1295         Union(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1296
1297         Returns the union of this rectangle and rect.
1298         """
1299         return _core_.Rect_Union(*args, **kwargs)
1300
1301     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1302         """
1303         __add__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1304
1305         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle and return the result.
1306         """
1307         return _core_.Rect___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1308
1309     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1310         """
1311         __iadd__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1312
1313         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle, updating this rectangle.
1314         """
1315         return _core_.Rect___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1316
1317     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1318         """
1319         __eq__(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1320
1321         Test for equality.
1322         """
1323         return _core_.Rect___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1324
1325     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1326         """
1327         __ne__(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1328
1329         Test for inequality.
1330         """
1331         return _core_.Rect___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1332
1333     def InsideXY(*args, **kwargs):
1334         """
1335         InsideXY(self, int x, int y) -> bool
1336
1337         Return True if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect.
1338         """
1339         return _core_.Rect_InsideXY(*args, **kwargs)
1340
1341     def Inside(*args, **kwargs):
1342         """
1343         Inside(self, Point pt) -> bool
1344
1345         Return True if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect.
1346         """
1347         return _core_.Rect_Inside(*args, **kwargs)
1348
1349     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
1350         """
1351         Intersects(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1352
1353         Returns True if the rectangles have a non empty intersection.
1354         """
1355         return _core_.Rect_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
1356
1357     def CenterIn(*args, **kwargs):
1358         """
1359         CenterIn(self, Rect r, int dir=BOTH) -> Rect
1360
1361         Center this rectangle within the one passed to the method, which is
1362         usually, but not necessarily, the larger one.
1363         """
1364         return _core_.Rect_CenterIn(*args, **kwargs)
1365
1366     CentreIn = CenterIn
1367     x = property(_core_.Rect_x_get, _core_.Rect_x_set)
1368     y = property(_core_.Rect_y_get, _core_.Rect_y_set)
1369     width = property(_core_.Rect_width_get, _core_.Rect_width_set)
1370     height = property(_core_.Rect_height_get, _core_.Rect_height_set)
1371     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1372         """
1373         Set(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0)
1374
1375         Set all rectangle properties.
1376         """
1377         return _core_.Rect_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1378
1379     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1380         """
1381         Get() -> (x,y,width,height)
1382
1383         Return the rectangle properties as a tuple.
1384         """
1385         return _core_.Rect_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1386
1387     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1388     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1389     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Rect'+str(self.Get())
1390     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1391     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1392     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1393         if index == 0: self.x = val
1394         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1395         elif index == 2: self.width = val
1396         elif index == 3: self.height = val
1397         else: raise IndexError
1398     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0,0,0)
1399     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1400     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Rect, self.Get())
1401
1402 Rect_swigregister = _core_.Rect_swigregister
1403 Rect_swigregister(Rect)
1404
1405 def RectPP(*args, **kwargs):
1406     """
1407     RectPP(Point topLeft, Point bottomRight) -> Rect
1408
1409     Create a new Rect object from Points representing two corners.
1410     """
1411     val = _core_.new_RectPP(*args, **kwargs)
1412     return val
1413
1414 def RectPS(*args, **kwargs):
1415     """
1416     RectPS(Point pos, Size size) -> Rect
1417
1418     Create a new Rect from a position and size.
1419     """
1420     val = _core_.new_RectPS(*args, **kwargs)
1421     return val
1422
1423 def RectS(*args, **kwargs):
1424     """
1425     RectS(Size size) -> Rect
1426
1427     Create a new Rect from a size only.
1428     """
1429     val = _core_.new_RectS(*args, **kwargs)
1430     return val
1431
1432
1433 def IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs):
1434   """
1435     IntersectRect(Rect r1, Rect r2) -> Rect
1436
1437     Calculate and return the intersection of r1 and r2.
1438     """
1439   return _core_.IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs)
1440 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1441
1442 class Point2D(object):
1443     """
1444     wx.Point2Ds represent a point or a vector in a 2d coordinate system
1445     with floating point values.
1446     """
1447     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1448     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1449     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1450         """
1451         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> Point2D
1452
1453         Create a w.Point2D object.
1454         """
1455         _core_.Point2D_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point2D(*args, **kwargs))
1456     def GetFloor(*args, **kwargs):
1457         """
1458         GetFloor() -> (x,y)
1459
1460         Convert to integer
1461         """
1462         return _core_.Point2D_GetFloor(*args, **kwargs)
1463
1464     def GetRounded(*args, **kwargs):
1465         """
1466         GetRounded() -> (x,y)
1467
1468         Convert to integer
1469         """
1470         return _core_.Point2D_GetRounded(*args, **kwargs)
1471
1472     def GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1473         """GetVectorLength(self) -> double"""
1474         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1475
1476     def GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1477         """GetVectorAngle(self) -> double"""
1478         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1479
1480     def SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1481         """SetVectorLength(self, double length)"""
1482         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1483
1484     def SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1485         """SetVectorAngle(self, double degrees)"""
1486         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1487
1488     def SetPolarCoordinates(self, angle, length):
1489         self.SetVectorLength(length)
1490         self.SetVectorAngle(angle)
1491     def Normalize(self):
1492         self.SetVectorLength(1.0)
1493
1494     def GetDistance(*args, **kwargs):
1495         """GetDistance(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1496         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistance(*args, **kwargs)
1497
1498     def GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs):
1499         """GetDistanceSquare(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1500         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs)
1501
1502     def GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1503         """GetDotProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1504         return _core_.Point2D_GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1505
1506     def GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1507         """GetCrossProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1508         return _core_.Point2D_GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1509
1510     def __neg__(*args, **kwargs):
1511         """
1512         __neg__(self) -> Point2D
1513
1514         the reflection of this point
1515         """
1516         return _core_.Point2D___neg__(*args, **kwargs)
1517
1518     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1519         """__iadd__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1520         return _core_.Point2D___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1521
1522     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1523         """__isub__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1524         return _core_.Point2D___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1525
1526     def __imul__(*args, **kwargs):
1527         """__imul__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1528         return _core_.Point2D___imul__(*args, **kwargs)
1529
1530     def __idiv__(*args, **kwargs):
1531         """__idiv__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1532         return _core_.Point2D___idiv__(*args, **kwargs)
1533
1534     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1535         """
1536         __eq__(self, Point2D pt) -> bool
1537
1538         Test for equality
1539         """
1540         return _core_.Point2D___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1541
1542     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1543         """
1544         __ne__(self, Point2D pt) -> bool
1545
1546         Test for inequality
1547         """
1548         return _core_.Point2D___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1549
1550     x = property(_core_.Point2D_x_get, _core_.Point2D_x_set)
1551     y = property(_core_.Point2D_y_get, _core_.Point2D_y_set)
1552     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1553         """Set(self, double x=0, double y=0)"""
1554         return _core_.Point2D_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1555
1556     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1557         """
1558         Get() -> (x,y)
1559
1560         Return x and y properties as a tuple.
1561         """
1562         return _core_.Point2D_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1563
1564     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1565     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1566     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point2D'+str(self.Get())
1567     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1568     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1569     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1570         if index == 0: self.x = val
1571         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1572         else: raise IndexError
1573     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1574     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1575     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point2D, self.Get())
1576
1577 Point2D_swigregister = _core_.Point2D_swigregister
1578 Point2D_swigregister(Point2D)
1579
1580 def Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs):
1581     """
1582     Point2DCopy(Point2D pt) -> Point2D
1583
1584     Create a w.Point2D object.
1585     """
1586     val = _core_.new_Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs)
1587     return val
1588
1589 def Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs):
1590     """
1591     Point2DFromPoint(Point pt) -> Point2D
1592
1593     Create a w.Point2D object.
1594     """
1595     val = _core_.new_Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs)
1596     return val
1597
1598 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1599
1600 FromStart = _core_.FromStart
1601 FromCurrent = _core_.FromCurrent
1602 FromEnd = _core_.FromEnd
1603 class InputStream(object):
1604     """Proxy of C++ InputStream class"""
1605     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1606     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1607     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1608         """__init__(self, PyObject p) -> InputStream"""
1609         _core_.InputStream_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InputStream(*args, **kwargs))
1610     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_InputStream
1611     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1612     def close(*args, **kwargs):
1613         """close(self)"""
1614         return _core_.InputStream_close(*args, **kwargs)
1615
1616     def flush(*args, **kwargs):
1617         """flush(self)"""
1618         return _core_.InputStream_flush(*args, **kwargs)
1619
1620     def eof(*args, **kwargs):
1621         """eof(self) -> bool"""
1622         return _core_.InputStream_eof(*args, **kwargs)
1623
1624     def read(*args, **kwargs):
1625         """read(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1626         return _core_.InputStream_read(*args, **kwargs)
1627
1628     def readline(*args, **kwargs):
1629         """readline(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1630         return _core_.InputStream_readline(*args, **kwargs)
1631
1632     def readlines(*args, **kwargs):
1633         """readlines(self, int sizehint=-1) -> PyObject"""
1634         return _core_.InputStream_readlines(*args, **kwargs)
1635
1636     def seek(*args, **kwargs):
1637         """seek(self, int offset, int whence=0)"""
1638         return _core_.InputStream_seek(*args, **kwargs)
1639
1640     def tell(*args, **kwargs):
1641         """tell(self) -> int"""
1642         return _core_.InputStream_tell(*args, **kwargs)
1643
1644     def Peek(*args, **kwargs):
1645         """Peek(self) -> char"""
1646         return _core_.InputStream_Peek(*args, **kwargs)
1647
1648     def GetC(*args, **kwargs):
1649         """GetC(self) -> char"""
1650         return _core_.InputStream_GetC(*args, **kwargs)
1651
1652     def LastRead(*args, **kwargs):
1653         """LastRead(self) -> size_t"""
1654         return _core_.InputStream_LastRead(*args, **kwargs)
1655
1656     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
1657         """CanRead(self) -> bool"""
1658         return _core_.InputStream_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
1659
1660     def Eof(*args, **kwargs):
1661         """Eof(self) -> bool"""
1662         return _core_.InputStream_Eof(*args, **kwargs)
1663
1664     def Ungetch(*args, **kwargs):
1665         """Ungetch(self, char c) -> bool"""
1666         return _core_.InputStream_Ungetch(*args, **kwargs)
1667
1668     def SeekI(*args, **kwargs):
1669         """SeekI(self, long pos, int mode=FromStart) -> long"""
1670         return _core_.InputStream_SeekI(*args, **kwargs)
1671
1672     def TellI(*args, **kwargs):
1673         """TellI(self) -> long"""
1674         return _core_.InputStream_TellI(*args, **kwargs)
1675
1676 InputStream_swigregister = _core_.InputStream_swigregister
1677 InputStream_swigregister(InputStream)
1678 DefaultPosition = cvar.DefaultPosition
1679 DefaultSize = cvar.DefaultSize
1680
1681 class OutputStream(object):
1682     """Proxy of C++ OutputStream class"""
1683     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1684     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1685     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1686     def write(*args, **kwargs):
1687         """write(self, PyObject obj)"""
1688         return _core_.OutputStream_write(*args, **kwargs)
1689
1690     def LastWrite(*args, **kwargs):
1691         """LastWrite(self) -> size_t"""
1692         return _core_.OutputStream_LastWrite(*args, **kwargs)
1693
1694 OutputStream_swigregister = _core_.OutputStream_swigregister
1695 OutputStream_swigregister(OutputStream)
1696
1697 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1698
1699 class FSFile(Object):
1700     """Proxy of C++ FSFile class"""
1701     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1702     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1703     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1704         """
1705         __init__(self, InputStream stream, String loc, String mimetype, String anchor,
1706             DateTime modif) -> FSFile
1707         """
1708         _core_.FSFile_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FSFile(*args, **kwargs))
1709         self.thisown = 0   # It will normally be deleted by the user of the wx.FileSystem
1710
1711     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FSFile
1712     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1713     def GetStream(*args, **kwargs):
1714         """GetStream(self) -> InputStream"""
1715         return _core_.FSFile_GetStream(*args, **kwargs)
1716
1717     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
1718         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
1719         return _core_.FSFile_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
1720
1721     def GetLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1722         """GetLocation(self) -> String"""
1723         return _core_.FSFile_GetLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1724
1725     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
1726         """GetAnchor(self) -> String"""
1727         return _core_.FSFile_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
1728
1729     def GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs):
1730         """GetModificationTime(self) -> DateTime"""
1731         return _core_.FSFile_GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs)
1732
1733 FSFile_swigregister = _core_.FSFile_swigregister
1734 FSFile_swigregister(FSFile)
1735
1736 class CPPFileSystemHandler(object):
1737     """Proxy of C++ CPPFileSystemHandler class"""
1738     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1739     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1740     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1741 CPPFileSystemHandler_swigregister = _core_.CPPFileSystemHandler_swigregister
1742 CPPFileSystemHandler_swigregister(CPPFileSystemHandler)
1743
1744 class FileSystemHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1745     """Proxy of C++ FileSystemHandler class"""
1746     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1747     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1748     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1749         """__init__(self) -> FileSystemHandler"""
1750         _core_.FileSystemHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystemHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1751         self._setCallbackInfo(self, FileSystemHandler)
1752
1753     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
1754         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
1755         return _core_.FileSystemHandler__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
1756
1757     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1758         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1759         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1760
1761     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1762         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1763         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1764
1765     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1766         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1767         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1768
1769     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1770         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1771         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1772
1773     def GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs):
1774         """GetProtocol(self, String location) -> String"""
1775         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs)
1776
1777     def GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1778         """GetLeftLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1779         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1780
1781     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
1782         """GetAnchor(self, String location) -> String"""
1783         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
1784
1785     def GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1786         """GetRightLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1787         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1788
1789     def GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs):
1790         """GetMimeTypeFromExt(self, String location) -> String"""
1791         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs)
1792
1793 FileSystemHandler_swigregister = _core_.FileSystemHandler_swigregister
1794 FileSystemHandler_swigregister(FileSystemHandler)
1795
1796 class FileSystem(Object):
1797     """Proxy of C++ FileSystem class"""
1798     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1799     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1800     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1801         """__init__(self) -> FileSystem"""
1802         _core_.FileSystem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystem(*args, **kwargs))
1803     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FileSystem
1804     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1805     def ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs):
1806         """ChangePathTo(self, String location, bool is_dir=False)"""
1807         return _core_.FileSystem_ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs)
1808
1809     def GetPath(*args, **kwargs):
1810         """GetPath(self) -> String"""
1811         return _core_.FileSystem_GetPath(*args, **kwargs)
1812
1813     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1814         """OpenFile(self, String location) -> FSFile"""
1815         return _core_.FileSystem_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1816
1817     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1818         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1819         return _core_.FileSystem_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1820
1821     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1822         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1823         return _core_.FileSystem_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1824
1825     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1826         """AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1827         return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1828
1829     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
1830     def CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
1831         """CleanUpHandlers()"""
1832         return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
1833
1834     CleanUpHandlers = staticmethod(CleanUpHandlers)
1835     def FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
1836         """FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1837         return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
1838
1839     FileNameToURL = staticmethod(FileNameToURL)
1840     def URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
1841         """URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1842         return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
1843
1844     URLToFileName = staticmethod(URLToFileName)
1845 FileSystem_swigregister = _core_.FileSystem_swigregister
1846 FileSystem_swigregister(FileSystem)
1847
1848 def FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1849   """FileSystem_AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1850   return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1851
1852 def FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args):
1853   """FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers()"""
1854   return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args)
1855
1856 def FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
1857   """FileSystem_FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1858   return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
1859
1860 def FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
1861   """FileSystem_URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1862   return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
1863
1864 class InternetFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1865     """Proxy of C++ InternetFSHandler class"""
1866     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1867     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1868     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1869         """__init__(self) -> InternetFSHandler"""
1870         _core_.InternetFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InternetFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1871     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1872         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1873         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1874
1875     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1876         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1877         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1878
1879 InternetFSHandler_swigregister = _core_.InternetFSHandler_swigregister
1880 InternetFSHandler_swigregister(InternetFSHandler)
1881
1882 class ZipFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1883     """Proxy of C++ ZipFSHandler class"""
1884     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1885     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1886     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1887         """__init__(self) -> ZipFSHandler"""
1888         _core_.ZipFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ZipFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1889     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1890         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1891         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1892
1893     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1894         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1895         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1896
1897     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1898         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1899         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1900
1901     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1902         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1903         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1904
1905 ZipFSHandler_swigregister = _core_.ZipFSHandler_swigregister
1906 ZipFSHandler_swigregister(ZipFSHandler)
1907
1908
1909 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs):
1910   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(String filename, Image image, long type)"""
1911   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs)
1912
1913 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
1914   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(String filename, Bitmap bitmap, long type)"""
1915   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
1916
1917 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs):
1918   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(String filename, PyObject data)"""
1919   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs)
1920 def MemoryFSHandler_AddFile(filename, dataItem, imgType=-1):
1921     """
1922     Add 'file' to the memory filesystem.  The dataItem parameter can
1923     either be a `wx.Bitmap`, `wx.Image` or a string that can contain
1924     arbitrary data.  If a bitmap or image is used then the imgType
1925     parameter should specify what kind of image file it should be
1926     written as, wx.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG, etc.
1927     """
1928     if isinstance(dataItem, wx.Image):
1929         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(filename, dataItem, imgType)
1930     elif isinstance(dataItem, wx.Bitmap):
1931         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(filename, dataItem, imgType)
1932     elif type(dataItem) == str:
1933         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(filename, dataItem)
1934     else:
1935         raise TypeError, 'wx.Image, wx.Bitmap or string expected'
1936
1937 class MemoryFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1938     """Proxy of C++ MemoryFSHandler class"""
1939     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1940     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1941     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1942         """__init__(self) -> MemoryFSHandler"""
1943         _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MemoryFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1944     def RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
1945         """RemoveFile(String filename)"""
1946         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
1947
1948     RemoveFile = staticmethod(RemoveFile)
1949     AddFile = staticmethod(MemoryFSHandler_AddFile)
1950     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1951         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1952         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1953
1954     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1955         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1956         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1957
1958     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1959         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1960         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1961
1962     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1963         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1964         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1965
1966 MemoryFSHandler_swigregister = _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swigregister
1967 MemoryFSHandler_swigregister(MemoryFSHandler)
1968
1969 def MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
1970   """MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(String filename)"""
1971   return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
1972
1973 IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT
1974 IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD
1975 IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE
1976 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1977
1978 class ImageHandler(Object):
1979     """
1980     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
1981     image creation from data. It is used within `wx.Image` and is not
1982     normally seen by the application.
1983     """
1984     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1985     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1986     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1987     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
1988         """GetName(self) -> String"""
1989         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
1990
1991     def GetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
1992         """GetExtension(self) -> String"""
1993         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
1994
1995     def GetType(*args, **kwargs):
1996         """GetType(self) -> long"""
1997         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetType(*args, **kwargs)
1998
1999     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2000         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
2001         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2002
2003     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2004         """CanRead(self, String name) -> bool"""
2005         return _core_.ImageHandler_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2006
2007     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
2008         """SetName(self, String name)"""
2009         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
2010
2011     def SetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
2012         """SetExtension(self, String extension)"""
2013         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
2014
2015     def SetType(*args, **kwargs):
2016         """SetType(self, long type)"""
2017         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetType(*args, **kwargs)
2018
2019     def SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2020         """SetMimeType(self, String mimetype)"""
2021         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2022
2023 ImageHandler_swigregister = _core_.ImageHandler_swigregister
2024 ImageHandler_swigregister(ImageHandler)
2025
2026 class PyImageHandler(ImageHandler):
2027     """
2028     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2029     image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2030     image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2031     the following methods::
2032
2033         def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2034             '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2035
2036         def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2037             '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2038
2039         def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2040             '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2041                this handler's image file format.'''
2042
2043         def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2044             '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2045                how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2046
2047     To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2048     `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2049     `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2050
2051     """
2052     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2053     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2054     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2055         """
2056         __init__(self) -> PyImageHandler
2057
2058         This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2059         image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2060         image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2061         the following methods::
2062
2063             def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2064                 '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2065
2066             def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2067                 '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2068
2069             def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2070                 '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2071                    this handler's image file format.'''
2072
2073             def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2074                 '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2075                    how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2076
2077         To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2078         `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2079         `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2080
2081         """
2082         _core_.PyImageHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyImageHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2083         self._SetSelf(self)
2084
2085     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
2086         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
2087         return _core_.PyImageHandler__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
2088
2089 PyImageHandler_swigregister = _core_.PyImageHandler_swigregister
2090 PyImageHandler_swigregister(PyImageHandler)
2091
2092 class ImageHistogram(object):
2093     """Proxy of C++ ImageHistogram class"""
2094     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2095     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2096     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2097         """__init__(self) -> ImageHistogram"""
2098         _core_.ImageHistogram_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ImageHistogram(*args, **kwargs))
2099     def MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2100         """
2101         MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2102
2103         Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2104         """
2105         return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2106
2107     MakeKey = staticmethod(MakeKey)
2108     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2109         """
2110         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2111
2112         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2113         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2114         success flag and rgb values.
2115         """
2116         return _core_.ImageHistogram_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2117
2118     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
2119         """
2120         GetCount(self, unsigned long key) -> unsigned long
2121
2122         Returns the pixel count for the given key.  Use `MakeKey` to create a
2123         key value from a RGB tripple.
2124         """
2125         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
2126
2127     def GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2128         """
2129         GetCountRGB(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2130
2131         Returns the pixel count for the given RGB values.
2132         """
2133         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2134
2135     def GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs):
2136         """
2137         GetCountColour(self, Colour colour) -> unsigned long
2138
2139         Returns the pixel count for the given `wx.Colour` value.
2140         """
2141         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs)
2142
2143 ImageHistogram_swigregister = _core_.ImageHistogram_swigregister
2144 ImageHistogram_swigregister(ImageHistogram)
2145
2146 def ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2147   """
2148     ImageHistogram_MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2149
2150     Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2151     """
2152   return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2153
2154 class Image_RGBValue(object):
2155     """
2156     An object that contains values for red, green and blue which represent
2157     the value of a color. It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2158     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which converts between HSV color space and RGB
2159     color space.
2160     """
2161     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2162     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2163     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2164         """
2165         __init__(self, byte r=0, byte g=0, byte b=0) -> Image_RGBValue
2166
2167         Constructor.
2168         """
2169         _core_.Image_RGBValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_RGBValue(*args, **kwargs))
2170     red = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_red_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_red_set)
2171     green = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_green_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_green_set)
2172     blue = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_set)
2173 Image_RGBValue_swigregister = _core_.Image_RGBValue_swigregister
2174 Image_RGBValue_swigregister(Image_RGBValue)
2175
2176 class Image_HSVValue(object):
2177     """
2178     An object that contains values for hue, saturation and value which
2179     represent the value of a color.  It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2180     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which +converts between HSV color space and RGB
2181     color space.
2182     """
2183     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2184     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2185     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2186         """
2187         __init__(self, double h=0.0, double s=0.0, double v=0.0) -> Image_HSVValue
2188
2189         Constructor.
2190         """
2191         _core_.Image_HSVValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_HSVValue(*args, **kwargs))
2192     hue = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_set)
2193     saturation = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_set)
2194     value = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_value_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_value_set)
2195 Image_HSVValue_swigregister = _core_.Image_HSVValue_swigregister
2196 Image_HSVValue_swigregister(Image_HSVValue)
2197
2198 class Image(Object):
2199     """
2200     A platform-independent image class.  An image can be created from
2201     data, or using `wx.Bitmap.ConvertToImage`, or loaded from a file in a
2202     variety of formats.  Functions are available to set and get image
2203     bits, so it can be used for basic image manipulation.
2204
2205     A wx.Image cannot be drawn directly to a `wx.DC`.  Instead, a
2206     platform-specific `wx.Bitmap` object must be created from it using the
2207     `wx.BitmapFromImage` constructor. This bitmap can then be drawn in a
2208     device context, using `wx.DC.DrawBitmap`.
2209
2210     One colour value of the image may be used as a mask colour which will
2211     lead to the automatic creation of a `wx.Mask` object associated to the
2212     bitmap object.
2213
2214     wx.Image supports alpha channel data, that is in addition to a byte
2215     for the red, green and blue colour components for each pixel it also
2216     stores a byte representing the pixel opacity. An alpha value of 0
2217     corresponds to a transparent pixel (null opacity) while a value of 255
2218     means that the pixel is 100% opaque.
2219
2220     Unlike RGB data, not all images have an alpha channel and before using
2221     `GetAlpha` you should check if this image contains an alpha channel
2222     with `HasAlpha`. Note that currently only images loaded from PNG files
2223     with transparency information will have an alpha channel.
2224     """
2225     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2226     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2227     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2228         """
2229         __init__(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2230
2231         Loads an image from a file.
2232         """
2233         _core_.Image_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image(*args, **kwargs))
2234     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Image
2235     __del__ = lambda self : None;
2236     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
2237         """
2238         Create(self, int width, int height, bool clear=True)
2239
2240         Creates a fresh image.  If clear is ``True``, the new image will be
2241         initialized to black. Otherwise, the image data will be uninitialized.
2242         """
2243         return _core_.Image_Create(*args, **kwargs)
2244
2245     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
2246         """
2247         Destroy(self)
2248
2249         Destroys the image data.
2250         """
2251         val = _core_.Image_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
2252         args[0].thisown = 0
2253         return val
2254
2255     def Scale(*args, **kwargs):
2256         """
2257         Scale(self, int width, int height) -> Image
2258
2259         Returns a scaled version of the image. This is also useful for scaling
2260         bitmaps in general as the only other way to scale bitmaps is to blit a
2261         `wx.MemoryDC` into another `wx.MemoryDC`.
2262         """
2263         return _core_.Image_Scale(*args, **kwargs)
2264
2265     def ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs):
2266         """
2267         ShrinkBy(self, int xFactor, int yFactor) -> Image
2268
2269         Return a version of the image scaled smaller by the given factors.
2270         """
2271         return _core_.Image_ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs)
2272
2273     def Rescale(*args, **kwargs):
2274         """
2275         Rescale(self, int width, int height) -> Image
2276
2277         Changes the size of the image in-place by scaling it: after a call to
2278         this function, the image will have the given width and height.
2279
2280         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2281         """
2282         return _core_.Image_Rescale(*args, **kwargs)
2283
2284     def Resize(*args, **kwargs):
2285         """
2286         Resize(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2287
2288         Changes the size of the image in-place without scaling it, by adding
2289         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2290         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2291         colour at the position pos relative to the upper left of the new
2292         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2293         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2294         newly exposed areas.
2295
2296         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2297         """
2298         return _core_.Image_Resize(*args, **kwargs)
2299
2300     def SetRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2301         """
2302         SetRGB(self, int x, int y, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2303
2304         Sets the pixel at the given coordinate. This routine performs
2305         bounds-checks for the coordinate so it can be considered a safe way to
2306         manipulate the data, but in some cases this might be too slow so that
2307         the data will have to be set directly. In that case you will have to
2308         get access to the image data using the `GetData` method.
2309         """
2310         return _core_.Image_SetRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2311
2312     def SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs):
2313         """
2314         SetRGBRect(self, Rect rect, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2315
2316         Sets the colour of the pixels within the given rectangle. This routine
2317         performs bounds-checks for the rectangle so it can be considered a
2318         safe way to manipulate the data.
2319         """
2320         return _core_.Image_SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs)
2321
2322     def GetRed(*args, **kwargs):
2323         """
2324         GetRed(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2325
2326         Returns the red intensity at the given coordinate.
2327         """
2328         return _core_.Image_GetRed(*args, **kwargs)
2329
2330     def GetGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2331         """
2332         GetGreen(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2333
2334         Returns the green intensity at the given coordinate.
2335         """
2336         return _core_.Image_GetGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2337
2338     def GetBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2339         """
2340         GetBlue(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2341
2342         Returns the blue intensity at the given coordinate.
2343         """
2344         return _core_.Image_GetBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2345
2346     def SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2347         """
2348         SetAlpha(self, int x, int y, byte alpha)
2349
2350         Sets the alpha value for the given pixel. This function should only be
2351         called if the image has alpha channel data, use `HasAlpha` to check
2352         for this.
2353         """
2354         return _core_.Image_SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2355
2356     def GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2357         """
2358         GetAlpha(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2359
2360         Returns the alpha value for the given pixel. This function may only be
2361         called for the images with alpha channel, use `HasAlpha` to check for
2362         this.
2363
2364         The returned value is the *opacity* of the image, i.e. the value of 0
2365         corresponds to the fully transparent pixels while the value of 255 to
2366         the fully opaque pixels.
2367         """
2368         return _core_.Image_GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2369
2370     def HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2371         """
2372         HasAlpha(self) -> bool
2373
2374         Returns true if this image has alpha channel, false otherwise.
2375         """
2376         return _core_.Image_HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2377
2378     def InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2379         """
2380         InitAlpha(self)
2381
2382         Initializes the image alpha channel data. It is an error to call it if
2383         the image already has alpha data. If it doesn't, alpha data will be by
2384         default initialized to all pixels being fully opaque. But if the image
2385         has a a mask colour, all mask pixels will be completely transparent.
2386         """
2387         return _core_.Image_InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2388
2389     def IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
2390         """
2391         IsTransparent(self, int x, int y, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2392
2393         Returns ``True`` if this pixel is masked or has an alpha value less
2394         than the spcified threshold.
2395         """
2396         return _core_.Image_IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
2397
2398     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2399         """
2400         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2401
2402         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2403         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2404         success flag and rgb values.
2405         """
2406         return _core_.Image_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2407
2408     def ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs):
2409         """
2410         ConvertAlphaToMask(self, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2411
2412         If the image has alpha channel, this method converts it to mask. All
2413         pixels with alpha value less than ``threshold`` are replaced with the
2414         mask colour and the alpha channel is removed. The mask colour is
2415         chosen automatically using `FindFirstUnusedColour`.
2416
2417         If the image image doesn't have alpha channel, ConvertAlphaToMask does
2418         nothing.
2419         """
2420         return _core_.Image_ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs)
2421
2422     def ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2423         """
2424         ConvertColourToAlpha(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> bool
2425
2426         This method converts an image where the original alpha information is
2427         only available as a shades of a colour (actually shades of grey)
2428         typically when you draw anti-aliased text into a bitmap. The DC
2429         drawing routines draw grey values on the black background although
2430         they actually mean to draw white with differnt alpha values.  This
2431         method reverses it, assuming a black (!) background and white text.
2432         The method will then fill up the whole image with the colour given.
2433         """
2434         return _core_.Image_ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2435
2436     def SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs):
2437         """
2438         SetMaskFromImage(self, Image mask, byte mr, byte mg, byte mb) -> bool
2439
2440         Sets the image's mask so that the pixels that have RGB value of
2441         ``(mr,mg,mb)`` in ``mask`` will be masked in this image. This is done
2442         by first finding an unused colour in the image, setting this colour as
2443         the mask colour and then using this colour to draw all pixels in the
2444         image who corresponding pixel in mask has given RGB value.
2445
2446         Returns ``False`` if ``mask`` does not have same dimensions as the
2447         image or if there is no unused colour left. Returns ``True`` if the
2448         mask was successfully applied.
2449
2450         Note that this method involves computing the histogram, which is
2451         computationally intensive operation.
2452         """
2453         return _core_.Image_SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs)
2454
2455     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2456         """
2457         CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2458
2459         Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
2460         """
2461         return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2462
2463     CanRead = staticmethod(CanRead)
2464     def GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
2465         """
2466         GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
2467
2468         If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
2469         is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
2470         the number of available images.
2471         """
2472         return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
2473
2474     GetImageCount = staticmethod(GetImageCount)
2475     def LoadFile(*args, **kwargs):
2476         """
2477         LoadFile(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2478
2479         Loads an image from a file. If no handler type is provided, the
2480         library will try to autodetect the format.
2481         """
2482         return _core_.Image_LoadFile(*args, **kwargs)
2483
2484     def LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2485         """
2486         LoadMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2487
2488         Loads an image from a file, specifying the image type with a MIME type
2489         string.
2490         """
2491         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2492
2493     def SaveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2494         """
2495         SaveFile(self, String name, int type) -> bool
2496
2497         Saves an image in the named file.
2498         """
2499         return _core_.Image_SaveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2500
2501     def SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2502         """
2503         SaveMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype) -> bool
2504
2505         Saves an image in the named file.
2506         """
2507         return _core_.Image_SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2508
2509     def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2510         """
2511         CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
2512
2513         Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
2514         data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
2515         object.
2516         """
2517         return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2518
2519     CanReadStream = staticmethod(CanReadStream)
2520     def LoadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2521         """
2522         LoadStream(self, InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2523
2524         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2525         object. If no handler type is provided, the library will try to
2526         autodetect the format.
2527         """
2528         return _core_.Image_LoadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2529
2530     def LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs):
2531         """
2532         LoadMimeStream(self, InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2533
2534         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2535         object, using a MIME type string to specify the image file format.
2536         """
2537         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs)
2538
2539     def Ok(*args, **kwargs):
2540         """
2541         Ok(self) -> bool
2542
2543         Returns true if image data is present.
2544         """
2545         return _core_.Image_Ok(*args, **kwargs)
2546
2547     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
2548         """
2549         GetWidth(self) -> int
2550
2551         Gets the width of the image in pixels.
2552         """
2553         return _core_.Image_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
2554
2555     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
2556         """
2557         GetHeight(self) -> int
2558
2559         Gets the height of the image in pixels.
2560         """
2561         return _core_.Image_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
2562
2563     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
2564         """
2565         GetSize(self) -> Size
2566
2567         Returns the size of the image in pixels.
2568         """
2569         return _core_.Image_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
2570
2571     def GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs):
2572         """
2573         GetSubImage(self, Rect rect) -> Image
2574
2575         Returns a sub image of the current one as long as the rect belongs
2576         entirely to the image.
2577         """
2578         return _core_.Image_GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs)
2579
2580     def Size(*args, **kwargs):
2581         """
2582         Size(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2583
2584         Returns a resized version of this image without scaling it by adding
2585         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2586         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2587         colour at the position ``pos`` relative to the upper left of the new
2588         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2589         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2590         newly exposed areas.
2591         """
2592         return _core_.Image_Size(*args, **kwargs)
2593
2594     def Copy(*args, **kwargs):
2595         """
2596         Copy(self) -> Image
2597
2598         Returns an identical copy of the image.
2599         """
2600         return _core_.Image_Copy(*args, **kwargs)
2601
2602     def Paste(*args, **kwargs):
2603         """
2604         Paste(self, Image image, int x, int y)
2605
2606         Pastes ``image`` into this instance and takes care of the mask colour
2607         and any out of bounds problems.
2608         """
2609         return _core_.Image_Paste(*args, **kwargs)
2610
2611     def GetData(*args, **kwargs):
2612         """
2613         GetData(self) -> PyObject
2614
2615         Returns a string containing a copy of the RGB bytes of the image.
2616         """
2617         return _core_.Image_GetData(*args, **kwargs)
2618
2619     def SetData(*args, **kwargs):
2620         """
2621         SetData(self, buffer data)
2622
2623         Resets the Image's RGB data from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts
2624         either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of
2625         the data must be width*height*3.
2626         """
2627         return _core_.Image_SetData(*args, **kwargs)
2628
2629     def GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2630         """
2631         GetDataBuffer(self) -> PyObject
2632
2633         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the RGB
2634         image data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do
2635         not use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed.
2636         """
2637         return _core_.Image_GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2638
2639     def SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2640         """
2641         SetDataBuffer(self, buffer data)
2642
2643         Sets the internal image data pointer to point at a Python buffer
2644         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must
2645         ensure that the buffer object lives longer than the wx.Image does.
2646         """
2647         return _core_.Image_SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2648
2649     def GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
2650         """
2651         GetAlphaData(self) -> PyObject
2652
2653         Returns a string containing a copy of the alpha bytes of the image.
2654         """
2655         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
2656
2657     def SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
2658         """
2659         SetAlphaData(self, buffer alpha)
2660
2661         Resets the Image's alpha data from a buffer of bytes.  Accepts either
2662         a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the
2663         data must be width*height.
2664         """
2665         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
2666
2667     def GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2668         """GetAlphaBuffer(self) -> PyObject"""
2669         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2670
2671     def SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2672         """SetAlphaBuffer(self, buffer alpha)"""
2673         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2674
2675     def SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
2676         """
2677         SetMaskColour(self, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2678
2679         Sets the mask colour for this image (and tells the image to use the
2680         mask).
2681         """
2682         return _core_.Image_SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
2683
2684     def GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
2685         """
2686         GetOrFindMaskColour() -> (r,g,b)
2687
2688         Get the current mask colour or find a suitable colour.
2689         """
2690         return _core_.Image_GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
2691
2692     def GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs):
2693         """
2694         GetMaskRed(self) -> byte
2695
2696         Gets the red component of the mask colour.
2697         """
2698         return _core_.Image_GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs)
2699
2700     def GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2701         """
2702         GetMaskGreen(self) -> byte
2703
2704         Gets the green component of the mask colour.
2705         """
2706         return _core_.Image_GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2707
2708     def GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2709         """
2710         GetMaskBlue(self) -> byte
2711
2712         Gets the blue component of the mask colour.
2713         """
2714         return _core_.Image_GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2715
2716     def SetMask(*args, **kwargs):
2717         """
2718         SetMask(self, bool mask=True)
2719
2720         Specifies whether there is a mask or not. The area of the mask is
2721         determined by the current mask colour.
2722         """
2723         return _core_.Image_SetMask(*args, **kwargs)
2724
2725     def HasMask(*args, **kwargs):
2726         """
2727         HasMask(self) -> bool
2728
2729         Returns ``True`` if there is a mask active, ``False`` otherwise.
2730         """
2731         return _core_.Image_HasMask(*args, **kwargs)
2732
2733     def Rotate(*args, **kwargs):
2734         """
2735         Rotate(self, double angle, Point centre_of_rotation, bool interpolating=True,
2736             Point offset_after_rotation=None) -> Image
2737
2738         Rotates the image about the given point, by ``angle`` radians. Passing
2739         ``True`` to ``interpolating`` results in better image quality, but is
2740         slower. If the image has a mask, then the mask colour is used for the
2741         uncovered pixels in the rotated image background. Otherwise, black
2742         will be used as the fill colour.
2743
2744         Returns the rotated image, leaving this image intact.
2745         """
2746         return _core_.Image_Rotate(*args, **kwargs)
2747
2748     def Rotate90(*args, **kwargs):
2749         """
2750         Rotate90(self, bool clockwise=True) -> Image
2751
2752         Returns a copy of the image rotated 90 degrees in the direction
2753         indicated by ``clockwise``.
2754         """
2755         return _core_.Image_Rotate90(*args, **kwargs)
2756
2757     def Mirror(*args, **kwargs):
2758         """
2759         Mirror(self, bool horizontally=True) -> Image
2760
2761         Returns a mirrored copy of the image. The parameter ``horizontally``
2762         indicates the orientation.
2763         """
2764         return _core_.Image_Mirror(*args, **kwargs)
2765
2766     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
2767         """
2768         Replace(self, byte r1, byte g1, byte b1, byte r2, byte g2, byte b2)
2769
2770         Replaces the colour specified by ``(r1,g1,b1)`` by the colour
2771         ``(r2,g2,b2)``.
2772         """
2773         return _core_.Image_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
2774
2775     def ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs):
2776         """
2777         ConvertToGreyscale(self, double lr=0.299, double lg=0.587, double lb=0.114) -> Image
2778
2779         Convert to greyscale image. Uses the luminance component (Y) of the
2780         image.  The luma value (YUV) is calculated using (R * lr) + (G * lg) + (B * lb),
2781         defaults to ITU-T BT.601
2782         """
2783         return _core_.Image_ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs)
2784
2785     def ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs):
2786         """
2787         ConvertToMono(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> Image
2788
2789         Returns monochromatic version of the image. The returned image has
2790         white colour where the original has ``(r,g,b)`` colour and black
2791         colour everywhere else.
2792         """
2793         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs)
2794
2795     def SetOption(*args, **kwargs):
2796         """
2797         SetOption(self, String name, String value)
2798
2799         Sets an image handler defined option.  For example, when saving as a
2800         JPEG file, the option ``wx.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY`` is used, which is a
2801         number between 0 and 100 (0 is terrible, 100 is very good).
2802         """
2803         return _core_.Image_SetOption(*args, **kwargs)
2804
2805     def SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
2806         """
2807         SetOptionInt(self, String name, int value)
2808
2809         Sets an image option as an integer.
2810         """
2811         return _core_.Image_SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
2812
2813     def GetOption(*args, **kwargs):
2814         """
2815         GetOption(self, String name) -> String
2816
2817         Gets the value of an image handler option.
2818         """
2819         return _core_.Image_GetOption(*args, **kwargs)
2820
2821     def GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
2822         """
2823         GetOptionInt(self, String name) -> int
2824
2825         Gets the value of an image handler option as an integer.  If the given
2826         option is not present, the function returns 0.
2827         """
2828         return _core_.Image_GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
2829
2830     def HasOption(*args, **kwargs):
2831         """
2832         HasOption(self, String name) -> bool
2833
2834         Returns true if the given option is present.
2835         """
2836         return _core_.Image_HasOption(*args, **kwargs)
2837
2838     def CountColours(*args, **kwargs):
2839         """CountColours(self, unsigned long stopafter=(unsigned long) -1) -> unsigned long"""
2840         return _core_.Image_CountColours(*args, **kwargs)
2841
2842     def ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs):
2843         """ComputeHistogram(self, ImageHistogram h) -> unsigned long"""
2844         return _core_.Image_ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs)
2845
2846     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2847         """AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2848         return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2849
2850     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
2851     def InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2852         """InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2853         return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2854
2855     InsertHandler = staticmethod(InsertHandler)
2856     def RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2857         """RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
2858         return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2859
2860     RemoveHandler = staticmethod(RemoveHandler)
2861     def GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
2862         """GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
2863         return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
2864
2865     GetHandlers = staticmethod(GetHandlers)
2866     def GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs):
2867         """
2868         GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
2869
2870         Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
2871         containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
2872         dialog boxes.
2873         """
2874         return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs)
2875
2876     GetImageExtWildcard = staticmethod(GetImageExtWildcard)
2877     def ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2878         """ConvertToBitmap(self, int depth=-1) -> Bitmap"""
2879         return _core_.Image_ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2880
2881     def ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2882         """ConvertToMonoBitmap(self, byte red, byte green, byte blue) -> Bitmap"""
2883         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2884
2885     def RotateHue(*args, **kwargs):
2886         """
2887         RotateHue(self, double angle)
2888
2889         Rotates the hue of each pixel of the image. Hue is a double in the
2890         range -1.0..1.0 where -1.0 is -360 degrees and 1.0 is 360 degrees
2891         """
2892         return _core_.Image_RotateHue(*args, **kwargs)
2893
2894     def RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
2895         """
2896         RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
2897
2898         Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
2899         """
2900         return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
2901
2902     RGBtoHSV = staticmethod(RGBtoHSV)
2903     def HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2904         """
2905         HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
2906
2907         Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
2908         """
2909         return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2910
2911     HSVtoRGB = staticmethod(HSVtoRGB)
2912     def __nonzero__(self): return self.Ok()
2913 Image_swigregister = _core_.Image_swigregister
2914 Image_swigregister(Image)
2915
2916 def ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs):
2917     """
2918     ImageFromMime(String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
2919
2920     Loads an image from a file, using a MIME type string (such as
2921     'image/jpeg') to specify image type.
2922     """
2923     val = _core_.new_ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs)
2924     return val
2925
2926 def ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs):
2927     """
2928     ImageFromStream(InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2929
2930     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
2931     object.
2932     """
2933     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs)
2934     return val
2935
2936 def ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs):
2937     """
2938     ImageFromStreamMime(InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
2939
2940     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
2941     object, specifying the image format with a MIME type string.
2942     """
2943     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs)
2944     return val
2945
2946 def EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs):
2947     """
2948     EmptyImage(int width=0, int height=0, bool clear=True) -> Image
2949
2950     Construct an empty image of a given size, optionally setting all
2951     pixels to black.
2952     """
2953     val = _core_.new_EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs)
2954     return val
2955
2956 def ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2957     """
2958     ImageFromBitmap(Bitmap bitmap) -> Image
2959
2960     Construct an Image from a `wx.Bitmap`.
2961     """
2962     val = _core_.new_ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2963     return val
2964
2965 def ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs):
2966     """
2967     ImageFromData(int width, int height, buffer data) -> Image
2968
2969     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts either a
2970     string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the data
2971     must be width*height*3.
2972     """
2973     val = _core_.new_ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs)
2974     return val
2975
2976 def ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2977     """
2978     ImageFromDataWithAlpha(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha) -> Image
2979
2980     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes with an Alpha channel.
2981     Accepts either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the
2982     length of the data must be width*height*3 bytes, and the length of the
2983     alpha data must be width*height bytes.
2984     """
2985     val = _core_.new_ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2986     return val
2987
2988 def Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2989   """
2990     Image_CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2991
2992     Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
2993     """
2994   return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2995
2996 def Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
2997   """
2998     Image_GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
2999
3000     If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
3001     is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
3002     the number of available images.
3003     """
3004   return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
3005
3006 def Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
3007   """
3008     Image_CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
3009
3010     Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
3011     data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
3012     object.
3013     """
3014   return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
3015
3016 def Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3017   """Image_AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3018   return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3019
3020 def Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3021   """Image_InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3022   return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3023
3024 def Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3025   """Image_RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
3026   return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3027
3028 def Image_GetHandlers(*args):
3029   """Image_GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
3030   return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args)
3031
3032 def Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args):
3033   """
3034     Image_GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
3035
3036     Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
3037     containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
3038     dialog boxes.
3039     """
3040   return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args)
3041
3042 def Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
3043   """
3044     Image_RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
3045
3046     Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
3047     """
3048   return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
3049
3050 def Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
3051   """
3052     Image_HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
3053
3054     Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
3055     """
3056   return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
3057
3058 def InitAllImageHandlers():
3059     """
3060     The former functionality of InitAllImageHanders is now done internal to
3061     the _core_ extension module and so this function has become a simple NOP.
3062     """
3063     pass
3064
3065 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES
3066 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM
3067 PNG_TYPE_COLOUR = _core_.PNG_TYPE_COLOUR
3068 PNG_TYPE_GREY = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY
3069 PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED
3070 BMP_24BPP = _core_.BMP_24BPP
3071 BMP_8BPP = _core_.BMP_8BPP
3072 BMP_8BPP_GREY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GREY
3073 BMP_8BPP_GRAY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GRAY
3074 BMP_8BPP_RED = _core_.BMP_8BPP_RED
3075 BMP_8BPP_PALETTE = _core_.BMP_8BPP_PALETTE
3076 BMP_4BPP = _core_.BMP_4BPP
3077 BMP_1BPP = _core_.BMP_1BPP
3078 BMP_1BPP_BW = _core_.BMP_1BPP_BW
3079 class BMPHandler(ImageHandler):
3080     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files."""
3081     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3082     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3083     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3084         """
3085         __init__(self) -> BMPHandler
3086
3087         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files.
3088         """
3089         _core_.BMPHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BMPHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3090 BMPHandler_swigregister = _core_.BMPHandler_swigregister
3091 BMPHandler_swigregister(BMPHandler)
3092 NullImage = cvar.NullImage
3093 IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME
3094 IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT
3095 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X
3096 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y
3097 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION
3098 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX
3099 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY
3100 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT
3101 IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY
3102 IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE
3103 IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL
3104 IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION
3105 IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR
3106 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT
3107 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH
3108
3109 class ICOHandler(BMPHandler):
3110     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files."""
3111     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3112     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3113     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3114         """
3115         __init__(self) -> ICOHandler
3116
3117         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files.
3118         """
3119         _core_.ICOHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ICOHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3120 ICOHandler_swigregister = _core_.ICOHandler_swigregister
3121 ICOHandler_swigregister(ICOHandler)
3122
3123 class CURHandler(ICOHandler):
3124     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files."""
3125     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3126     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3127     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3128         """
3129         __init__(self) -> CURHandler
3130
3131         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files.
3132         """
3133         _core_.CURHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CURHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3134 CURHandler_swigregister = _core_.CURHandler_swigregister
3135 CURHandler_swigregister(CURHandler)
3136
3137 class ANIHandler(CURHandler):
3138     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files."""
3139     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3140     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3141     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3142         """
3143         __init__(self) -> ANIHandler
3144
3145         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files.
3146         """
3147         _core_.ANIHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ANIHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3148 ANIHandler_swigregister = _core_.ANIHandler_swigregister
3149 ANIHandler_swigregister(ANIHandler)
3150
3151 class PNGHandler(ImageHandler):
3152     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files."""
3153     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3154     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3155     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3156         """
3157         __init__(self) -> PNGHandler
3158
3159         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files.
3160         """
3161         _core_.PNGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3162 PNGHandler_swigregister = _core_.PNGHandler_swigregister
3163 PNGHandler_swigregister(PNGHandler)
3164
3165 class GIFHandler(ImageHandler):
3166     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files."""
3167     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3168     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3169     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3170         """
3171         __init__(self) -> GIFHandler
3172
3173         A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files.
3174         """
3175         _core_.GIFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GIFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3176 GIFHandler_swigregister = _core_.GIFHandler_swigregister
3177 GIFHandler_swigregister(GIFHandler)
3178
3179 class PCXHandler(ImageHandler):
3180     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files."""
3181     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3182     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3183     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3184         """
3185         __init__(self) -> PCXHandler
3186
3187         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files.
3188         """
3189         _core_.PCXHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PCXHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3190 PCXHandler_swigregister = _core_.PCXHandler_swigregister
3191 PCXHandler_swigregister(PCXHandler)
3192
3193 class JPEGHandler(ImageHandler):
3194     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files."""
3195     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3196     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3197     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3198         """
3199         __init__(self) -> JPEGHandler
3200
3201         A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files.
3202         """
3203         _core_.JPEGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_JPEGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3204 JPEGHandler_swigregister = _core_.JPEGHandler_swigregister
3205 JPEGHandler_swigregister(JPEGHandler)
3206
3207 class PNMHandler(ImageHandler):
3208     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files."""
3209     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3210     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3211     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3212         """
3213         __init__(self) -> PNMHandler
3214
3215         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files.
3216         """
3217         _core_.PNMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3218 PNMHandler_swigregister = _core_.PNMHandler_swigregister
3219 PNMHandler_swigregister(PNMHandler)
3220
3221 class XPMHandler(ImageHandler):
3222     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image."""
3223     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3224     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3225     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3226         """
3227         __init__(self) -> XPMHandler
3228
3229         A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image.
3230         """
3231         _core_.XPMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_XPMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3232 XPMHandler_swigregister = _core_.XPMHandler_swigregister
3233 XPMHandler_swigregister(XPMHandler)
3234
3235 class TIFFHandler(ImageHandler):
3236     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files."""
3237     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3238     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3239     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3240         """
3241         __init__(self) -> TIFFHandler
3242
3243         A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files.
3244         """
3245         _core_.TIFFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_TIFFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3246 TIFFHandler_swigregister = _core_.TIFFHandler_swigregister
3247 TIFFHandler_swigregister(TIFFHandler)
3248
3249 QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS = _core_.QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS
3250 QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE = _core_.QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE
3251 class Quantize(object):
3252     """Performs quantization, or colour reduction, on a wxImage."""
3253     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3254     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3255     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3256     def Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3257         """
3258         Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3259
3260         Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3261         destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3262         needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3263         """
3264         return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3265
3266     Quantize = staticmethod(Quantize)
3267 Quantize_swigregister = _core_.Quantize_swigregister
3268 Quantize_swigregister(Quantize)
3269
3270 def Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3271   """
3272     Quantize_Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3273
3274     Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3275     destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3276     needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3277     """
3278   return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3279
3280 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3281
3282 class EvtHandler(Object):
3283     """Proxy of C++ EvtHandler class"""
3284     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3285     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3286     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3287         """__init__(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3288         _core_.EvtHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EvtHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3289     def GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3290         """GetNextHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3291         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3292
3293     def GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3294         """GetPreviousHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3295         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3296
3297     def SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3298         """SetNextHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3299         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3300
3301     def SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3302         """SetPreviousHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3303         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3304
3305     def GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3306         """GetEvtHandlerEnabled(self) -> bool"""
3307         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3308
3309     def SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3310         """SetEvtHandlerEnabled(self, bool enabled)"""
3311         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3312
3313     def ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3314         """ProcessEvent(self, Event event) -> bool"""
3315         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3316
3317     def AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3318         """AddPendingEvent(self, Event event)"""
3319         return _core_.EvtHandler_AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3320
3321     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
3322         """ProcessPendingEvents(self)"""
3323         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
3324
3325     def Connect(*args, **kwargs):
3326         """Connect(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)"""
3327         return _core_.EvtHandler_Connect(*args, **kwargs)
3328
3329     def Disconnect(*args, **kwargs):
3330         """Disconnect(self, int id, int lastId=-1, wxEventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool"""
3331         return _core_.EvtHandler_Disconnect(*args, **kwargs)
3332
3333     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
3334         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self, bool incref=True)"""
3335         val = _core_.EvtHandler__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
3336         args[0].thisown = 0
3337         return val
3338
3339     def Bind(self, event, handler, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3340         """
3341         Bind an event to an event handler.
3342
3343         :param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the
3344                       type of event to bind,
3345
3346         :param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the
3347                       event is delivered to self.  Pass None to
3348                       disconnect an event handler.
3349
3350         :param source: Sometimes the event originates from a
3351                       different window than self, but you still
3352                       want to catch it in self.  (For example, a
3353                       button event delivered to a frame.)  By
3354                       passing the source of the event, the event
3355                       handling system is able to differentiate
3356                       between the same event type from different
3357                       controls.
3358
3359         :param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead
3360                    of instance.
3361
3362         :param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler
3363                       to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.
3364         """
3365         if source is not None:
3366             id  = source.GetId()
3367         event.Bind(self, id, id2, handler)
3368
3369     def Unbind(self, event, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3370         """
3371         Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.
3372         Returns True if successful.
3373         """
3374         if source is not None:
3375             id  = source.GetId()
3376         return event.Unbind(self, id, id2)
3377
3378 EvtHandler_swigregister = _core_.EvtHandler_swigregister
3379 EvtHandler_swigregister(EvtHandler)
3380
3381 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3382
3383 class PyEventBinder(object):
3384     """
3385     Instances of this class are used to bind specific events to event
3386     handlers.
3387     """
3388     def __init__(self, evtType, expectedIDs=0):
3389         if expectedIDs not in [0, 1, 2]:
3390             raise ValueError, "Invalid number of expectedIDs"
3391         self.expectedIDs = expectedIDs
3392
3393         if type(evtType) == list or type(evtType) == tuple:
3394             self.evtType = evtType
3395         else:
3396             self.evtType = [evtType]
3397
3398
3399     def Bind(self, target, id1, id2, function):
3400         """Bind this set of event types to target."""
3401         for et in self.evtType:
3402             target.Connect(id1, id2, et, function)
3403
3404
3405     def Unbind(self, target, id1, id2):
3406         """Remove an event binding."""
3407         success = 0
3408         for et in self.evtType:
3409             success += target.Disconnect(id1, id2, et)
3410         return success != 0
3411
3412
3413     def __call__(self, *args):
3414         """
3415         For backwards compatibility with the old EVT_* functions.
3416         Should be called with either (window, func), (window, ID,
3417         func) or (window, ID1, ID2, func) parameters depending on the
3418         type of the event.
3419         """
3420         assert len(args) == 2 + self.expectedIDs
3421         id1 = wx.ID_ANY
3422         id2 = wx.ID_ANY
3423         target = args[0]
3424         if self.expectedIDs == 0:
3425             func = args[1]
3426         elif self.expectedIDs == 1:
3427             id1 = args[1]
3428             func = args[2]
3429         elif self.expectedIDs == 2:
3430             id1 = args[1]
3431             id2 = args[2]
3432             func = args[3]
3433         else:
3434             raise ValueError, "Unexpected number of IDs"
3435
3436         self.Bind(target, id1, id2, func)
3437
3438
3439 # These two are square pegs that don't fit the PyEventBinder hole...
3440 def EVT_COMMAND(win, id, cmd, func):
3441     win.Connect(id, -1, cmd, func)
3442 def EVT_COMMAND_RANGE(win, id1, id2, cmd, func):
3443     win.Connect(id1, id2, cmd, func)
3444
3445
3446 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3447
3448 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3449
3450 EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE
3451 EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX
3452
3453 def NewEventType(*args):
3454   """NewEventType() -> wxEventType"""
3455   return _core_.NewEventType(*args)
3456 wxEVT_NULL = _core_.wxEVT_NULL
3457 wxEVT_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_FIRST
3458 wxEVT_USER_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_USER_FIRST
3459 wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
3460 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
3461 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
3462 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
3463 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
3464 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
3465 wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
3466 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
3467 wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
3468 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
3469 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
3470 wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
3471 wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
3472 wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
3473 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
3474 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
3475 wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
3476 wxEVT_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_UP
3477 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
3478 wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
3479 wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
3480 wxEVT_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
3481 wxEVT_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_MOTION
3482 wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
3483 wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
3484 wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
3485 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3486 wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
3487 wxEVT_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_SET_FOCUS
3488 wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS
3489 wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS
3490 wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3491 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN
3492 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP
3493 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN
3494 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP
3495 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN
3496 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP
3497 wxEVT_NC_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MOTION
3498 wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW
3499 wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW
3500 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK
3501 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3502 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK
3503 wxEVT_CHAR = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR
3504 wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK
3505 wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = _core_.wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY
3506 wxEVT_KEY_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_DOWN
3507 wxEVT_KEY_UP = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_UP
3508 wxEVT_HOTKEY = _core_.wxEVT_HOTKEY
3509 wxEVT_SET_CURSOR = _core_.wxEVT_SET_CURSOR
3510 wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
3511 wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
3512 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
3513 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
3514 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
3515 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
3516 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
3517 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
3518 wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3519 wxEVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3520 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
3521 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
3522 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
3523 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
3524 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
3525 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
3526 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
3527 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
3528 wxEVT_SIZE = _core_.wxEVT_SIZE
3529 wxEVT_MOVE = _core_.wxEVT_MOVE
3530 wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW
3531 wxEVT_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_END_SESSION
3532 wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
3533 wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP
3534 wxEVT_POWER = _core_.wxEVT_POWER
3535 wxEVT_ACTIVATE = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE
3536 wxEVT_CREATE = _core_.wxEVT_CREATE
3537 wxEVT_DESTROY = _core_.wxEVT_DESTROY
3538 wxEVT_SHOW = _core_.wxEVT_SHOW
3539 wxEVT_ICONIZE = _core_.wxEVT_ICONIZE
3540 wxEVT_MAXIMIZE = _core_.wxEVT_MAXIMIZE
3541 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED
3542 wxEVT_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT
3543 wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = _core_.wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND
3544 wxEVT_NC_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_NC_PAINT
3545 wxEVT_PAINT_ICON = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT_ICON
3546 wxEVT_MENU_OPEN = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_OPEN
3547 wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE
3548 wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
3549 wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU = _core_.wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU
3550 wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED
3551 wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED
3552 wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED
3553 wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE
3554 wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED
3555 wxEVT_DROP_FILES = _core_.wxEVT_DROP_FILES
3556 wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM
3557 wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM
3558 wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM
3559 wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG = _core_.wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG
3560 wxEVT_IDLE = _core_.wxEVT_IDLE
3561 wxEVT_UPDATE_UI = _core_.wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
3562 wxEVT_SIZING = _core_.wxEVT_SIZING
3563 wxEVT_MOVING = _core_.wxEVT_MOVING
3564 wxEVT_HIBERNATE = _core_.wxEVT_HIBERNATE
3565 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
3566 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
3567 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
3568 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
3569 wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
3570 wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
3571 wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
3572 #
3573 # Create some event binders
3574 EVT_SIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZE )
3575 EVT_SIZING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZING )
3576 EVT_MOVE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVE )
3577 EVT_MOVING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVING )
3578 EVT_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW )
3579 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
3580 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
3581 EVT_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PAINT )
3582 EVT_NC_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NC_PAINT )
3583 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND )
3584 EVT_CHAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR )
3585 EVT_KEY_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_DOWN )
3586 EVT_KEY_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_UP )
3587 EVT_HOTKEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HOTKEY, 1)
3588 EVT_CHAR_HOOK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK )
3589 EVT_MENU_OPEN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_OPEN )
3590 EVT_MENU_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE )
3591 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, 1)
3592 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT_ALL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT )
3593 EVT_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_FOCUS )
3594 EVT_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS )
3595 EVT_CHILD_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS )
3596 EVT_ACTIVATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE )
3597 EVT_ACTIVATE_APP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP )
3598 EVT_HIBERNATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HIBERNATE )
3599 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
3600 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
3601 EVT_DROP_FILES = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DROP_FILES )
3602 EVT_INIT_DIALOG = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG )
3603 EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED )
3604 EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED )
3605 EVT_SHOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SHOW )
3606 EVT_MAXIMIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MAXIMIZE )
3607 EVT_ICONIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ICONIZE )
3608 EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY )
3609 EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED )
3610 EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE )
3611 EVT_WINDOW_CREATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CREATE )
3612 EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DESTROY )
3613 EVT_SET_CURSOR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_CURSOR )
3614 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED )
3615
3616 EVT_LEFT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN )
3617 EVT_LEFT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_UP )
3618 EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN )
3619 EVT_MIDDLE_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP )
3620 EVT_RIGHT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN )
3621 EVT_RIGHT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_UP )
3622 EVT_MOTION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOTION )
3623 EVT_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK )
3624 EVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK )
3625 EVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK )
3626 EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW )
3627 EVT_ENTER_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW )
3628 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL )
3629
3630 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN,
3631                                      wxEVT_LEFT_UP,
3632                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN,
3633                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP,
3634                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN,
3635                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_UP,
3636                                      wxEVT_MOTION,
3637                                      wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK,
3638                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK,
3639                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK,
3640                                      wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW,
3641                                      wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW,
3642                                      wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3643                                      ])
3644
3645
3646 # Scrolling from wxWindow (sent to wxScrolledWindow)
3647 EVT_SCROLLWIN = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP,
3648                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM,
3649                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP,
3650                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN,
3651                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP,
3652                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN,
3653                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK,
3654                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE,
3655                                   ])
3656
3657 EVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP )
3658 EVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM )
3659 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP )
3660 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN )
3661 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP )
3662 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN )
3663 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK )
3664 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE )
3665
3666 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar
3667 EVT_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
3668                                wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
3669                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
3670                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
3671                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
3672                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
3673                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
3674                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
3675                                wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
3676                                ])
3677
3678 EVT_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP )
3679 EVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM )
3680 EVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP )
3681 EVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN )
3682 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP )
3683 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN )
3684 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK )
3685 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE )
3686 EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED )
3687 EVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3688
3689 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar, with an id
3690 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
3691                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
3692                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
3693                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
3694                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
3695                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
3696                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
3697                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
3698                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
3699                                        ], 1)
3700
3701 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, 1)
3702 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM, 1)
3703 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, 1)
3704 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN, 1)
3705 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP, 1)
3706 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN, 1)
3707 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK, 1)
3708 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE, 1)
3709 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED, 1)
3710 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED
3711
3712 EVT_BUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, 1)
3713 EVT_CHECKBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED, 1)
3714 EVT_CHOICE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED, 1)
3715 EVT_LISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3716 EVT_LISTBOX_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED, 1)
3717 EVT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 1)
3718 EVT_MENU_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 2)
3719 EVT_SLIDER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED, 1)
3720 EVT_RADIOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3721 EVT_RADIOBUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED, 1)
3722
3723 EVT_SCROLLBAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED, 1)
3724 EVT_VLBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3725 EVT_COMBOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3726 EVT_TOOL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 1)
3727 EVT_TOOL_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 2)
3728 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 1)
3729 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 2)
3730 EVT_TOOL_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER, 1)
3731 EVT_CHECKLISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED, 1)
3732
3733
3734 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK, 1)
3735 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK, 1)
3736 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK, 1)
3737 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK, 1)
3738 EVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS, 1)
3739 EVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS, 1)
3740 EVT_COMMAND_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER, 1)
3741
3742 EVT_IDLE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_IDLE )
3743
3744 EVT_UPDATE_UI = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 1)
3745 EVT_UPDATE_UI_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 2)
3746
3747 EVT_CONTEXT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU )
3748
3749
3750
3751 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3752
3753 class Event(Object):
3754     """
3755     An event is a structure holding information about an event passed to a
3756     callback or member function. wx.Event is an abstract base class for
3757     other event classes
3758     """
3759     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3760     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3761     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3762     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Event
3763     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3764     def SetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
3765         """
3766         SetEventType(self, wxEventType typ)
3767
3768         Sets the specific type of the event.
3769         """
3770         return _core_.Event_SetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
3771
3772     def GetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
3773         """
3774         GetEventType(self) -> wxEventType
3775
3776         Returns the identifier of the given event type, such as
3777         ``wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED``.
3778         """
3779         return _core_.Event_GetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
3780
3781     def GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
3782         """
3783         GetEventObject(self) -> Object
3784
3785         Returns the object (usually a window) associated with the event, if
3786         any.
3787         """
3788         return _core_.Event_GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
3789
3790     def SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
3791         """
3792         SetEventObject(self, Object obj)
3793
3794         Sets the originating object, or in other words, obj is normally the
3795         object that is sending the event.
3796         """
3797         return _core_.Event_SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
3798
3799     def GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
3800         """GetTimestamp(self) -> long"""
3801         return _core_.Event_GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
3802
3803     def SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
3804         """SetTimestamp(self, long ts=0)"""
3805         return _core_.Event_SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
3806
3807     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
3808         """
3809         GetId(self) -> int
3810
3811         Returns the identifier associated with this event, such as a button
3812         command id.
3813         """
3814         return _core_.Event_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
3815
3816     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
3817         """
3818         SetId(self, int Id)
3819
3820         Set's the ID for the event.  This is usually the ID of the window that
3821         is sending the event, but it can also be a command id from a menu
3822         item, etc.
3823         """
3824         return _core_.Event_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
3825
3826     def IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3827         """
3828         IsCommandEvent(self) -> bool
3829
3830         Returns true if the event is or is derived from `wx.CommandEvent` else
3831         it returns false. Note: Exists only for optimization purposes.
3832         """
3833         return _core_.Event_IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3834
3835     def Skip(*args, **kwargs):
3836         """
3837         Skip(self, bool skip=True)
3838
3839         Called by an event handler, it controls whether additional event
3840         handlers bound to this event will be called after the current event
3841         handler returns.  Skip(false) (the default setting) will prevent
3842         additional event handlers from being called and control will be
3843         returned to the sender of the event immediately after the current
3844         handler has finished.  Skip(True) will cause the event processing
3845         system to continue searching for a handler function for this event.
3846
3847         """
3848         return _core_.Event_Skip(*args, **kwargs)
3849
3850     def GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs):
3851         """
3852         GetSkipped(self) -> bool
3853
3854         Returns true if the event handler should be skipped, false otherwise.
3855         :see: `Skip`
3856         """
3857         return _core_.Event_GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs)
3858
3859     def ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs):
3860         """
3861         ShouldPropagate(self) -> bool
3862
3863         Test if this event should be propagated to the parent window or not,
3864         i.e. if the propagation level is currently greater than 0.
3865         """
3866         return _core_.Event_ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs)
3867
3868     def StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs):
3869         """
3870         StopPropagation(self) -> int
3871
3872         Stop the event from propagating to its parent window.  Returns the old
3873         propagation level value which may be later passed to
3874         `ResumePropagation` to allow propagating the event again.
3875         """
3876         return _core_.Event_StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs)
3877
3878     def ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs):
3879         """
3880         ResumePropagation(self, int propagationLevel)
3881
3882         Resume the event propagation by restoring the propagation level.  (For
3883         example, you can use the value returned by an earlier call to
3884         `StopPropagation`.)
3885
3886         """
3887         return _core_.Event_ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs)
3888
3889     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
3890         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
3891         return _core_.Event_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
3892
3893 Event_swigregister = _core_.Event_swigregister
3894 Event_swigregister(Event)
3895
3896 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3897
3898 class PropagationDisabler(object):
3899     """
3900     Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
3901     create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
3902     propogation of the event will be restored.
3903     """
3904     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3905     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3906     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3907         """
3908         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagationDisabler
3909
3910         Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
3911         create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
3912         propogation of the event will be restored.
3913         """
3914         _core_.PropagationDisabler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagationDisabler(*args, **kwargs))
3915     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagationDisabler
3916     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3917 PropagationDisabler_swigregister = _core_.PropagationDisabler_swigregister
3918 PropagationDisabler_swigregister(PropagationDisabler)
3919
3920 class PropagateOnce(object):
3921     """
3922     A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
3923     event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
3924     destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
3925     """
3926     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3927     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3928     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3929         """
3930         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagateOnce
3931
3932         A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
3933         event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
3934         destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
3935         """
3936         _core_.PropagateOnce_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagateOnce(*args, **kwargs))
3937     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagateOnce
3938     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3939 PropagateOnce_swigregister = _core_.PropagateOnce_swigregister
3940 PropagateOnce_swigregister(PropagateOnce)
3941
3942 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3943
3944 class CommandEvent(Event):
3945     """
3946     This event class contains information about command events, which
3947     originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
3948     toolbars.
3949     """
3950     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3951     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3952     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3953         """
3954         __init__(self, wxEventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CommandEvent
3955
3956         This event class contains information about command events, which
3957         originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
3958         toolbars.
3959         """
3960         _core_.CommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
3961     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
3962         """
3963         GetSelection(self) -> int
3964
3965         Returns item index for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
3966         for a deselection).
3967         """
3968         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
3969
3970     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
3971         """SetString(self, String s)"""
3972         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
3973
3974     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
3975         """
3976         GetString(self) -> String
3977
3978         Returns item string for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
3979         for a deselection).
3980         """
3981         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
3982
3983     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
3984         """
3985         IsChecked(self) -> bool
3986
3987         This method can be used with checkbox and menu events: for the
3988         checkboxes, the method returns true for a selection event and false
3989         for a deselection one. For the menu events, this method indicates if
3990         the menu item just has become checked or unchecked (and thus only
3991         makes sense for checkable menu items).
3992         """
3993         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
3994
3995     Checked = IsChecked
3996     def IsSelection(*args, **kwargs):
3997         """
3998         IsSelection(self) -> bool
3999
4000         For a listbox or similar event, returns true if it is a selection,
4001         false if it is a deselection.
4002         """
4003         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsSelection(*args, **kwargs)
4004
4005     def SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
4006         """SetExtraLong(self, long extraLong)"""
4007         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
4008
4009     def GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
4010         """
4011         GetExtraLong(self) -> long
4012
4013         Returns extra information dependant on the event objects type. If the
4014         event comes from a listbox selection, it is a boolean determining
4015         whether the event was a selection (true) or a deselection (false). A
4016         listbox deselection only occurs for multiple-selection boxes, and in
4017         this case the index and string values are indeterminate and the
4018         listbox must be examined by the application.
4019         """
4020         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
4021
4022     def SetInt(*args, **kwargs):
4023         """SetInt(self, int i)"""
4024         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetInt(*args, **kwargs)
4025
4026     def GetInt(*args, **kwargs):
4027         """
4028         GetInt(self) -> long
4029
4030         Returns the integer identifier corresponding to a listbox, choice or
4031         radiobox selection (only if the event was a selection, not a
4032         deselection), or a boolean value representing the value of a checkbox.
4033         """
4034         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetInt(*args, **kwargs)
4035
4036     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4037         """
4038         GetClientData(self) -> PyObject
4039
4040         Returns the client data object for a listbox or choice selection event, (if any.)
4041         """
4042         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4043
4044     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4045         """
4046         SetClientData(self, PyObject clientData)
4047
4048         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
4049         """
4050         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4051
4052     GetClientObject = GetClientData
4053     SetClientObject = SetClientData
4054
4055     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
4056         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
4057         return _core_.CommandEvent_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
4058
4059 CommandEvent_swigregister = _core_.CommandEvent_swigregister
4060 CommandEvent_swigregister(CommandEvent)
4061
4062 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4063
4064 class NotifyEvent(CommandEvent):
4065     """
4066     An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4067     a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4068     allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4069     can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4070     """
4071     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4072     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4073     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4074         """
4075         __init__(self, wxEventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> NotifyEvent
4076
4077         An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4078         a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4079         allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4080         can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4081         """
4082         _core_.NotifyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NotifyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4083     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
4084         """
4085         Veto(self)
4086
4087         Prevents the change announced by this event from happening.
4088
4089         It is in general a good idea to notify the user about the reasons for
4090         vetoing the change because otherwise the applications behaviour (which
4091         just refuses to do what the user wants) might be quite surprising.
4092         """
4093         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
4094
4095     def Allow(*args, **kwargs):
4096         """
4097         Allow(self)
4098
4099         This is the opposite of `Veto`: it explicitly allows the event to be
4100         processed. For most events it is not necessary to call this method as
4101         the events are allowed anyhow but some are forbidden by default (this
4102         will be mentioned in the corresponding event description).
4103         """
4104         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Allow(*args, **kwargs)
4105
4106     def IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs):
4107         """
4108         IsAllowed(self) -> bool
4109
4110         Returns true if the change is allowed (`Veto` hasn't been called) or
4111         false otherwise (if it was).
4112         """
4113         return _core_.NotifyEvent_IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs)
4114
4115 NotifyEvent_swigregister = _core_.NotifyEvent_swigregister
4116 NotifyEvent_swigregister(NotifyEvent)
4117
4118 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4119
4120 class ScrollEvent(CommandEvent):
4121     """
4122     A scroll event holds information about events sent from stand-alone
4123     scrollbars and sliders. Note that scrolled windows do not send
4124     instnaces of this event class, but send the `wx.ScrollWinEvent`
4125     instead.
4126     """
4127     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4128     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4129     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4130         """
4131         __init__(self, wxEventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, int pos=0,
4132             int orient=0) -> ScrollEvent
4133         """
4134         _core_.ScrollEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4135     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4136         """
4137         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4138
4139         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4140         the scrollbar.
4141         """
4142         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4143
4144     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4145         """
4146         GetPosition(self) -> int
4147
4148         Returns the position of the scrollbar.
4149         """
4150         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4151
4152     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4153         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4154         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4155
4156     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4157         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4158         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4159
4160 ScrollEvent_swigregister = _core_.ScrollEvent_swigregister
4161 ScrollEvent_swigregister(ScrollEvent)
4162
4163 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4164
4165 class ScrollWinEvent(Event):
4166     """
4167     A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4168     scrolling windows.
4169     """
4170     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4171     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4172     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4173         """
4174         __init__(self, wxEventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int pos=0, int orient=0) -> ScrollWinEvent
4175
4176         A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4177         scrolling windows.
4178         """
4179         _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollWinEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4180     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4181         """
4182         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4183
4184         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4185         the scrollbar.
4186         """
4187         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4188
4189     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4190         """
4191         GetPosition(self) -> int
4192
4193         Returns the position of the scrollbar for the thumb track and release
4194         events. Note that this field can't be used for the other events, you
4195         need to query the window itself for the current position in that case.
4196         """
4197         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4198
4199     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4200         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4201         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4202
4203     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4204         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4205         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4206
4207 ScrollWinEvent_swigregister = _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swigregister
4208 ScrollWinEvent_swigregister(ScrollWinEvent)
4209
4210 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4211
4212 MOUSE_BTN_ANY = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_ANY
4213 MOUSE_BTN_NONE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_NONE
4214 MOUSE_BTN_LEFT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT
4215 MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4216 MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT
4217 class MouseEvent(Event):
4218     """
4219     This event class contains information about the events generated by
4220     the mouse: they include mouse buttons press and release events and
4221     mouse move events.
4222
4223     All mouse events involving the buttons use ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT`` for
4224     the left mouse button, ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE`` for the middle one and
4225     ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT`` for the right one. Note that not all mice have
4226     a middle button so a portable application should avoid relying on the
4227     events from it.
4228
4229     Note the difference between methods like `LeftDown` and `LeftIsDown`:
4230     the former returns true when the event corresponds to the left mouse
4231     button click while the latter returns true if the left mouse button is
4232     currently being pressed. For example, when the user is dragging the
4233     mouse you can use `LeftIsDown` to test whether the left mouse button
4234     is (still) depressed. Also, by convention, if `LeftDown` returns true,
4235     `LeftIsDown` will also return true in wxWidgets whatever the
4236     underlying GUI behaviour is (which is platform-dependent). The same
4237     applies, of course, to other mouse buttons as well.
4238     """
4239     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4240     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4241     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4242         """
4243         __init__(self, wxEventType mouseType=wxEVT_NULL) -> MouseEvent
4244
4245         Constructs a wx.MouseEvent.  Valid event types are:
4246
4247             * wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
4248             * wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
4249             * wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
4250             * wxEVT_LEFT_UP
4251             * wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
4252             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
4253             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
4254             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
4255             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
4256             * wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
4257             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
4258             * wxEVT_MOTION
4259             * wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
4260         """
4261         _core_.MouseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4262     def IsButton(*args, **kwargs):
4263         """
4264         IsButton(self) -> bool
4265
4266         Returns true if the event was a mouse button event (not necessarily a
4267         button down event - that may be tested using `ButtonDown`).
4268         """
4269         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsButton(*args, **kwargs)
4270
4271     def ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs):
4272         """
4273         ButtonDown(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4274
4275         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4276         mouse button down event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4277         button-down event shold be checked for (see `Button` for the possible
4278         values).
4279         """
4280         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs)
4281
4282     def ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4283         """
4284         ButtonDClick(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4285
4286         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4287         mouse double click event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4288         double click event to check for (see `Button` for the possible
4289         values).
4290         """
4291         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4292
4293     def ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs):
4294         """
4295         ButtonUp(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4296
4297         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4298         mouse button up event. Otherwise the argument specifies which button
4299         up event to check for (see `Button` for the possible values).
4300         """
4301         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs)
4302
4303     def Button(*args, **kwargs):
4304         """
4305         Button(self, int button) -> bool
4306
4307         Returns true if the identified mouse button is changing state. Valid
4308         values of button are:
4309
4310              ====================      =====================================
4311              wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT         check if left button was pressed
4312              wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE       check if middle button was pressed
4313              wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT        check if right button was pressed
4314              wx.MOUSE_BTN_ANY          check if any button was pressed
4315              ====================      =====================================
4316
4317         """
4318         return _core_.MouseEvent_Button(*args, **kwargs)
4319
4320     def ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4321         """ButtonIsDown(self, int but) -> bool"""
4322         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4323
4324     def GetButton(*args, **kwargs):
4325         """
4326         GetButton(self) -> int
4327
4328         Returns the mouse button which generated this event or
4329         wx.MOUSE_BTN_NONE if no button is involved (for mouse move, enter or
4330         leave event, for example). Otherwise wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT is returned for
4331         the left button down, up and double click events, wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4332         and wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT for the same events for the middle and the
4333         right buttons respectively.
4334         """
4335         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetButton(*args, **kwargs)
4336
4337     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4338         """
4339         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4340
4341         Returns true if the control key was down at the time of the event.
4342         """
4343         return _core_.MouseEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4344
4345     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4346         """
4347         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4348
4349         Returns true if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4350         """
4351         return _core_.MouseEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4352
4353     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4354         """
4355         AltDown(self) -> bool
4356
4357         Returns true if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4358         """
4359         return _core_.MouseEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4360
4361     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4362         """
4363         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4364
4365         Returns true if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4366         """
4367         return _core_.MouseEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4368
4369     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4370         """
4371         CmdDown(self) -> bool
4372
4373         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4374         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4375         Macs. It often makes sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4376         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4377         elsewhere. The Ctrl key still exists, it's just not used for this
4378         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4379         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4380         """
4381         return _core_.MouseEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4382
4383     def LeftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4384         """
4385         LeftDown(self) -> bool
4386
4387         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to down.
4388         """
4389         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4390
4391     def MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs):
4392         """
4393         MiddleDown(self) -> bool
4394
4395         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to down.
4396         """
4397         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs)
4398
4399     def RightDown(*args, **kwargs):
4400         """
4401         RightDown(self) -> bool
4402
4403         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to down.
4404         """
4405         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDown(*args, **kwargs)
4406
4407     def LeftUp(*args, **kwargs):
4408         """
4409         LeftUp(self) -> bool
4410
4411         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to up.
4412         """
4413         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftUp(*args, **kwargs)
4414
4415     def MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs):
4416         """
4417         MiddleUp(self) -> bool
4418
4419         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to up.
4420         """
4421         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs)
4422
4423     def RightUp(*args, **kwargs):
4424         """
4425         RightUp(self) -> bool
4426
4427         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to up.
4428         """
4429         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightUp(*args, **kwargs)
4430
4431     def LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4432         """
4433         LeftDClick(self) -> bool
4434
4435         Returns true if the event was a left button double click.
4436         """
4437         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4438
4439     def MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4440         """
4441         MiddleDClick(self) -> bool
4442
4443         Returns true if the event was a middle button double click.
4444         """
4445         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4446
4447     def RightDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4448         """
4449         RightDClick(self) -> bool
4450
4451         Returns true if the event was a right button double click.
4452         """
4453         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4454
4455     def LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4456         """
4457         LeftIsDown(self) -> bool
4458
4459         Returns true if the left mouse button is currently down, independent
4460         of the current event type.
4461
4462         Please notice that it is not the same as LeftDown which returns true
4463         if the left mouse button was just pressed. Rather, it describes the
4464         state of the mouse button before the event happened.
4465
4466         This event is usually used in the mouse event handlers which process
4467         "move mouse" messages to determine whether the user is (still)
4468         dragging the mouse.
4469         """
4470         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4471
4472     def MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4473         """
4474         MiddleIsDown(self) -> bool
4475
4476         Returns true if the middle mouse button is currently down, independent
4477         of the current event type.
4478         """
4479         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4480
4481     def RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4482         """
4483         RightIsDown(self) -> bool
4484
4485         Returns true if the right mouse button is currently down, independent
4486         of the current event type.
4487         """
4488         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4489
4490     def Dragging(*args, **kwargs):
4491         """
4492         Dragging(self) -> bool
4493
4494         Returns true if this was a dragging event (motion while a button is
4495         depressed).
4496         """
4497         return _core_.MouseEvent_Dragging(*args, **kwargs)
4498
4499     def Moving(*args, **kwargs):
4500         """
4501         Moving(self) -> bool
4502
4503         Returns true if this was a motion event and no mouse buttons were
4504         pressed. If any mouse button is held pressed, then this method returns
4505         false and Dragging returns true.
4506         """
4507         return _core_.MouseEvent_Moving(*args, **kwargs)
4508
4509     def Entering(*args, **kwargs):
4510         """
4511         Entering(self) -> bool
4512
4513         Returns true if the mouse was entering the window.
4514         """
4515         return _core_.MouseEvent_Entering(*args, **kwargs)
4516
4517     def Leaving(*args, **kwargs):
4518         """
4519         Leaving(self) -> bool
4520
4521         Returns true if the mouse was leaving the window.
4522         """
4523         return _core_.MouseEvent_Leaving(*args, **kwargs)
4524
4525     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4526         """
4527         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4528
4529         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4530         event happened.
4531         """
4532         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4533
4534     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
4535         """
4536         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
4537
4538         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4539         event happened.
4540         """
4541         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
4542
4543     def GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4544         """
4545         GetLogicalPosition(self, DC dc) -> Point
4546
4547         Returns the logical mouse position in pixels (i.e. translated
4548         according to the translation set for the DC, which usually indicates
4549         that the window has been scrolled).
4550         """
4551         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4552
4553     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4554         """
4555         GetX(self) -> int
4556
4557         Returns X coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4558         """
4559         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4560
4561     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4562         """
4563         GetY(self) -> int
4564
4565         Returns Y coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4566         """
4567         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4568
4569     def GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs):
4570         """
4571         GetWheelRotation(self) -> int
4572
4573         Get wheel rotation, positive or negative indicates direction of
4574         rotation. Current devices all send an event when rotation is equal to
4575         +/-WheelDelta, but this allows for finer resolution devices to be
4576         created in the future. Because of this you shouldn't assume that one
4577         event is equal to 1 line or whatever, but you should be able to either
4578         do partial line scrolling or wait until +/-WheelDelta rotation values
4579         have been accumulated before scrolling.
4580         """
4581         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs)
4582
4583     def GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs):
4584         """
4585         GetWheelDelta(self) -> int
4586
4587         Get wheel delta, normally 120. This is the threshold for action to be
4588         taken, and one such action (for example, scrolling one increment)
4589         should occur for each delta.
4590         """
4591         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs)
4592
4593     def GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs):
4594         """
4595         GetLinesPerAction(self) -> int
4596
4597         Returns the configured number of lines (or whatever) to be scrolled
4598         per wheel action. Defaults to three.
4599         """
4600         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs)
4601
4602     def IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs):
4603         """
4604         IsPageScroll(self) -> bool
4605
4606         Returns true if the system has been setup to do page scrolling with
4607         the mouse wheel instead of line scrolling.
4608         """
4609         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs)
4610
4611     m_x = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_x_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_x_set)
4612     m_y = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_y_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_y_set)
4613     m_leftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_set)
4614     m_middleDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_set)
4615     m_rightDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_set)
4616     m_controlDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_set)
4617     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
4618     m_altDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_set)
4619     m_metaDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_set)
4620     m_wheelRotation = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_set)
4621     m_wheelDelta = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_set)
4622     m_linesPerAction = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_set)
4623 MouseEvent_swigregister = _core_.MouseEvent_swigregister
4624 MouseEvent_swigregister(MouseEvent)
4625
4626 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4627
4628 class SetCursorEvent(Event):
4629     """
4630     A SetCursorEvent is generated when the mouse cursor is about to be set
4631     as a result of mouse motion. This event gives the application the
4632     chance to perform specific mouse cursor processing based on the
4633     current position of the mouse within the window. Use the `SetCursor`
4634     method to specify the cursor you want to be displayed.
4635     """
4636     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4637     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4638     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4639         """
4640         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> SetCursorEvent
4641
4642         Construct a new `wx.SetCursorEvent`.
4643         """
4644         _core_.SetCursorEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SetCursorEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4645     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4646         """
4647         GetX(self) -> int
4648
4649         Returns the X coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4650         """
4651         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4652
4653     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4654         """
4655         GetY(self) -> int
4656
4657         Returns the Y coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4658         """
4659         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4660
4661     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4662         """
4663         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor)
4664
4665         Sets the cursor associated with this event.
4666         """
4667         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4668
4669     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4670         """
4671         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
4672
4673         Returns a reference to the cursor specified by this event.
4674         """
4675         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4676
4677     def HasCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4678         """
4679         HasCursor(self) -> bool
4680
4681         Returns true if the cursor specified by this event is a valid cursor.
4682         """
4683         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_HasCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4684
4685 SetCursorEvent_swigregister = _core_.SetCursorEvent_swigregister
4686 SetCursorEvent_swigregister(SetCursorEvent)
4687
4688 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4689
4690 class KeyEvent(Event):
4691     """
4692     This event class contains information about keypress and character
4693     events.  These events are only sent to the widget that currently has
4694     the keyboard focus.
4695
4696     Notice that there are three different kinds of keyboard events in
4697     wxWidgets: key down and up events and char events. The difference
4698     between the first two is clear - the first corresponds to a key press
4699     and the second to a key release - otherwise they are identical. Just
4700     note that if the key is maintained in a pressed state you will
4701     typically get a lot of (automatically generated) down events but only
4702     one up so it is wrong to assume that there is one up event
4703     corresponding to each down one.
4704
4705     Both key events provide untranslated key codes while the char event
4706     carries the translated one. The untranslated code for alphanumeric
4707     keys is always an upper case value. For the other keys it is one of
4708     WXK_XXX values from the keycodes table. The translated key is, in
4709     general, the character the user expects to appear as the result of the
4710     key combination when typing the text into a text entry zone, for
4711     example.
4712
4713     A few examples to clarify this (all assume that CAPS LOCK is unpressed
4714     and the standard US keyboard): when the 'A' key is pressed, the key
4715     down event key code is equal to ASCII A == 65. But the char event key
4716     code is ASCII a == 97. On the other hand, if you press both SHIFT and
4717     'A' keys simultaneously , the key code in key down event will still be
4718     just 'A' while the char event key code parameter will now be 'A' as
4719     well.
4720
4721     Although in this simple case it is clear that the correct key code
4722     could be found in the key down event handler by checking the value
4723     returned by `ShiftDown`, in general you should use EVT_CHAR for this
4724     as for non alphanumeric keys or non-US keyboard layouts the
4725     translation is keyboard-layout dependent and can only be done properly
4726     by the system itself.
4727
4728     Another kind of translation is done when the control key is pressed:
4729     for example, for CTRL-A key press the key down event still carries the
4730     same key code 'A' as usual but the char event will have key code of 1,
4731     the ASCII value of this key combination.
4732
4733     You may discover how the other keys on your system behave
4734     interactively by running the KeyEvents sample in the wxPython demo and
4735     pressing some keys while the blue box at the top has the keyboard
4736     focus.
4737
4738     **Note**: If a key down event is caught and the event handler does not
4739     call event.Skip() then the coresponding char event will not
4740     happen. This is by design and enables the programs that handle both
4741     types of events to be a bit simpler.
4742
4743     **Note for Windows programmers**: The key and char events in wxWidgets
4744     are similar to but slightly different from Windows WM_KEYDOWN and
4745     WM_CHAR events. In particular, Alt-x combination will generate a char
4746     event in wxWidgets (unless it is used as an accelerator).
4747
4748     **Tip**: be sure to call event.Skip() for events that you don't
4749     process in key event function, otherwise menu shortcuts may cease to
4750     work under Windows.
4751
4752     """
4753     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4754     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4755     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4756         """
4757         __init__(self, wxEventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> KeyEvent
4758
4759         Construct a new `wx.KeyEvent`.  Valid event types are:
4760             *
4761         """
4762         _core_.KeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_KeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4763     def GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
4764         """
4765         GetModifiers(self) -> int
4766
4767         Returns a bitmask of the current modifier settings.  Can be used to
4768         check if the key event has exactly the given modifiers without having
4769         to explicitly check that the other modifiers are not down.  For
4770         example::
4771
4772             if event.GetModifers() == wx.MOD_CONTROL:
4773                 DoSomething()
4774
4775         """
4776         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
4777
4778     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4779         """
4780         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4781
4782         Returns ``True`` if the Control key was down at the time of the event.
4783         """
4784         return _core_.KeyEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4785
4786     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4787         """
4788         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4789
4790         Returns ``True`` if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4791         """
4792         return _core_.KeyEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4793
4794     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4795         """
4796         AltDown(self) -> bool
4797
4798         Returns ``True`` if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4799         """
4800         return _core_.KeyEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4801
4802     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4803         """
4804         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4805
4806         Returns ``True`` if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4807         """
4808         return _core_.KeyEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4809
4810     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4811         """
4812         CmdDown(self) -> bool
4813
4814         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4815         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4816         Macs. It makes often sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4817         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4818         elsewhere. The Ctrl still exists, it's just not used for this
4819         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4820         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4821         """
4822         return _core_.KeyEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4823
4824     def HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
4825         """
4826         HasModifiers(self) -> bool
4827
4828         Returns true if either CTRL or ALT keys was down at the time of the
4829         key event. Note that this function does not take into account neither
4830         SHIFT nor META key states (the reason for ignoring the latter is that
4831         it is common for NUMLOCK key to be configured as META under X but the
4832         key presses even while NUMLOCK is on should be still processed
4833         normally).
4834         """
4835         return _core_.KeyEvent_HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
4836
4837     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
4838         """
4839         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
4840
4841         Returns the virtual key code. ASCII events return normal ASCII values,
4842         while non-ASCII events return values such as WXK_LEFT for the left
4843         cursor key. See `wx.KeyEvent` for a full list of the virtual key
4844         codes.
4845
4846         Note that in Unicode build, the returned value is meaningful only if
4847         the user entered a character that can be represented in current
4848         locale's default charset. You can obtain the corresponding Unicode
4849         character using `GetUnicodeKey`.
4850         """
4851         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
4852
4853     KeyCode = GetKeyCode
4854     def GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
4855         """
4856         GetUnicodeKey(self) -> int
4857
4858         Returns the Unicode character corresponding to this key event.  This
4859         function is only meaningfule in a Unicode build of wxPython.
4860         """
4861         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
4862
4863     GetUniChar = GetUnicodeKey
4864     def GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
4865         """
4866         GetRawKeyCode(self) -> unsigned int
4867
4868         Returns the raw key code for this event. This is a platform-dependent
4869         scan code which should only be used in advanced
4870         applications. Currently the raw key codes are not supported by all
4871         ports.
4872         """
4873         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
4874
4875     def GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs):
4876         """
4877         GetRawKeyFlags(self) -> unsigned int
4878
4879         Returns the low level key flags for this event. The flags are
4880         platform-dependent and should only be used in advanced applications.
4881         Currently the raw key flags are not supported by all ports.
4882         """
4883         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs)
4884
4885     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4886         """
4887         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4888
4889         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
4890         """
4891         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4892
4893     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
4894         """
4895         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
4896
4897         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
4898         """
4899         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
4900
4901     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4902         """
4903         GetX(self) -> int
4904
4905         Returns the X position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
4906         applicable.
4907         """
4908         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4909
4910     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4911         """
4912         GetY(self) -> int
4913
4914         Returns the Y position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
4915         applicable.
4916         """
4917         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4918
4919     m_x = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_x_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_x_set)
4920     m_y = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_y_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_y_set)
4921     m_keyCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_set)
4922     m_controlDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_set)
4923     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
4924     m_altDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_set)
4925     m_metaDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_set)
4926     m_scanCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_set)
4927     m_rawCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_set)
4928     m_rawFlags = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_set)
4929 KeyEvent_swigregister = _core_.KeyEvent_swigregister
4930 KeyEvent_swigregister(KeyEvent)
4931
4932 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4933
4934 class SizeEvent(Event):
4935     """
4936     A size event holds information about size change events.  The EVT_SIZE
4937     handler function will be called when the window it is bound to has
4938     been resized.
4939
4940     Note that the size passed is of the whole window: call
4941     `wx.Window.GetClientSize` for the area which may be used by the
4942     application.
4943
4944     When a window is resized, usually only a small part of the window is
4945     damaged and and that area is all that is in the update region for the
4946     next paint event. However, if your drawing depends on the size of the
4947     window, you may need to clear the DC explicitly and repaint the whole
4948     window. In which case, you may need to call `wx.Window.Refresh` to
4949     invalidate the entire window.
4950
4951     """
4952     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4953     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4954     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4955         """
4956         __init__(self, Size sz=DefaultSize, int winid=0) -> SizeEvent
4957
4958         Construct a new ``wx.SizeEvent``.
4959         """
4960         _core_.SizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4961     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
4962         """
4963         GetSize(self) -> Size
4964
4965         Returns the entire size of the window generating the size change
4966         event.
4967         """
4968         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
4969
4970     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
4971         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
4972         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
4973
4974     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
4975         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
4976         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
4977
4978     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
4979         """SetSize(self, Size size)"""
4980         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
4981
4982     m_size = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_size_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_size_set)
4983     m_rect = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_set)
4984 SizeEvent_swigregister = _core_.SizeEvent_swigregister
4985 SizeEvent_swigregister(SizeEvent)
4986
4987 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4988
4989 class MoveEvent(Event):
4990     """
4991     This event object is sent for EVT_MOVE event bindings when a window is
4992     moved to a new position.
4993     """
4994     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4995     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4996     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4997         """
4998         __init__(self, Point pos=DefaultPosition, int winid=0) -> MoveEvent
4999
5000         Constructor.
5001         """
5002         _core_.MoveEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MoveEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5003     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5004         """
5005         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5006
5007         Returns the position of the window generating the move change event.
5008         """
5009         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5010
5011     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5012         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
5013         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5014
5015     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5016         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
5017         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5018
5019     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5020         """SetPosition(self, Point pos)"""
5021         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5022
5023     m_pos =  property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
5024     m_rect = property(GetRect, SetRect)
5025
5026 MoveEvent_swigregister = _core_.MoveEvent_swigregister
5027 MoveEvent_swigregister(MoveEvent)
5028
5029 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5030
5031 class PaintEvent(Event):
5032     """
5033     A paint event is sent when a window's contents needs to be repainted.
5034     Note that in an EVT_PAINT handler the application must *always* create
5035     a `wx.PaintDC` object, even if you do not use it.  Otherwise MS
5036     Windows assumes that the window has not been painted yet and will send
5037     the event again, causing endless refreshes.
5038
5039     You can optimize painting by retrieving the rectangles that have been
5040     damaged using `wx.Window.GetUpdateRegion` and/or `wx.RegionIterator`,
5041     and only repainting these rectangles. The rectangles are in terms of
5042     the client area, and are unscrolled, so you will need to do some
5043     calculations using the current view position to obtain logical,
5044     scrolled units.
5045
5046     """
5047     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5048     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5049     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5050         """__init__(self, int Id=0) -> PaintEvent"""
5051         _core_.PaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5052 PaintEvent_swigregister = _core_.PaintEvent_swigregister
5053 PaintEvent_swigregister(PaintEvent)
5054
5055 class NcPaintEvent(Event):
5056     """Proxy of C++ NcPaintEvent class"""
5057     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5058     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5059     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5060         """__init__(self, int winid=0) -> NcPaintEvent"""
5061         _core_.NcPaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NcPaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5062 NcPaintEvent_swigregister = _core_.NcPaintEvent_swigregister
5063 NcPaintEvent_swigregister(NcPaintEvent)
5064
5065 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5066
5067 class EraseEvent(Event):
5068     """
5069     An erase event is sent whenever the background of a window needs to be
5070     repainted.  To intercept this event use the EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event
5071     binder.  On some platforms, such as GTK+, this event is simulated
5072     (simply generated just before the paint event) and may cause flicker.
5073
5074     To paint a custom background use the `GetDC` method and use the returned
5075     device context if it is not ``None``, otherwise create a temporary
5076     `wx.ClientDC` and draw on that.
5077
5078     """
5079     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5080     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5081     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5082         """
5083         __init__(self, int Id=0, DC dc=None) -> EraseEvent
5084
5085         Constructor
5086         """
5087         _core_.EraseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EraseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5088     def GetDC(*args, **kwargs):
5089         """
5090         GetDC(self) -> DC
5091
5092         Returns the device context the event handler should draw upon.  If
5093         ``None`` is returned then create a temporary `wx.ClientDC` and use
5094         that instead.
5095         """
5096         return _core_.EraseEvent_GetDC(*args, **kwargs)
5097
5098 EraseEvent_swigregister = _core_.EraseEvent_swigregister
5099 EraseEvent_swigregister(EraseEvent)
5100
5101 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5102
5103 class FocusEvent(Event):
5104     """
5105     A focus event is sent when a window's focus changes. The window losing
5106     focus receives an EVT_KILL_FOCUS event while the window gaining it
5107     gets an EVT_SET_FOCUS event.
5108
5109     Notice that the set focus event happens both when the user gives focus
5110     to the window (whether using the mouse or keyboard) and when it is
5111     done from the program itself using `wx.Window.SetFocus`.
5112
5113     """
5114     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5115     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5116     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5117         """
5118         __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> FocusEvent
5119
5120         Constructor
5121         """
5122         _core_.FocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5123     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5124         """
5125         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5126
5127         Returns the other window associated with this event, that is the
5128         window which had the focus before for the EVT_SET_FOCUS event and the
5129         window which is going to receive focus for the wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS event.
5130
5131         Warning: the window returned may be None!
5132         """
5133         return _core_.FocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5134
5135     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5136         """SetWindow(self, Window win)"""
5137         return _core_.FocusEvent_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5138
5139 FocusEvent_swigregister = _core_.FocusEvent_swigregister
5140 FocusEvent_swigregister(FocusEvent)
5141
5142 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5143
5144 class ChildFocusEvent(CommandEvent):
5145     """
5146     wx.ChildFocusEvent notifies the parent that a child has received the
5147     focus.  Unlike `wx.FocusEvent` it is propagated up the window
5148     heirarchy.
5149     """
5150     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5151     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5152     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5153         """
5154         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> ChildFocusEvent
5155
5156         Constructor
5157         """
5158         _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ChildFocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5159     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5160         """
5161         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5162
5163         The window which has just received the focus.
5164         """
5165         return _core_.ChildFocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5166
5167 ChildFocusEvent_swigregister = _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swigregister
5168 ChildFocusEvent_swigregister(ChildFocusEvent)
5169
5170 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5171
5172 class ActivateEvent(Event):
5173     """
5174     An activate event is sent when a top-level window or the entire
5175     application is being activated or deactivated.
5176
5177     A top-level window (a dialog or frame) receives an activate event when
5178     is being activated or deactivated. This is indicated visually by the
5179     title bar changing colour, and a subwindow gaining the keyboard focus.
5180     An application is activated or deactivated when one of its frames
5181     becomes activated, or a frame becomes inactivate resulting in all
5182     application frames being inactive.
5183
5184     Please note that usually you should call event.Skip() in your handlers
5185     for these events so the default handlers will still be called, as not
5186     doing so can result in strange effects.
5187
5188     """
5189     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5190     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5191     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5192         """
5193         __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, bool active=True, int Id=0) -> ActivateEvent
5194
5195         Constructor
5196         """
5197         _core_.ActivateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ActivateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5198     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
5199         """
5200         GetActive(self) -> bool
5201
5202         Returns true if the application or window is being activated, false
5203         otherwise.
5204         """
5205         return _core_.ActivateEvent_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
5206
5207 ActivateEvent_swigregister = _core_.ActivateEvent_swigregister
5208 ActivateEvent_swigregister(ActivateEvent)
5209
5210 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5211
5212 class InitDialogEvent(Event):
5213     """
5214     A wx.InitDialogEvent is sent as a dialog is being initialised, or for
5215     any window when `wx.Window.InitDialog` is called.  Handlers for this
5216     event can transfer data to the window, or anything else that should be
5217     done before the user begins editing the form. The default handler
5218     calls `wx.Window.TransferDataToWindow`.
5219     """
5220     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5221     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5222     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5223         """
5224         __init__(self, int Id=0) -> InitDialogEvent
5225
5226         Constructor
5227         """
5228         _core_.InitDialogEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InitDialogEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5229 InitDialogEvent_swigregister = _core_.InitDialogEvent_swigregister
5230 InitDialogEvent_swigregister(InitDialogEvent)
5231
5232 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5233
5234 class MenuEvent(Event):
5235     """
5236     This class is used for a variety of menu-related events.  Note that
5237     these do not include menu command events, which are handled by sending
5238     `wx.CommandEvent` objects.
5239
5240     The default handler for wx.EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT displays menu item help
5241     text in the first field of the status bar.
5242     """
5243     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5244     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5245     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5246         """
5247         __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Menu menu=None) -> MenuEvent
5248
5249         Constructor
5250         """
5251         _core_.MenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5252     def GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs):
5253         """
5254         GetMenuId(self) -> int
5255
5256         Returns the menu identifier associated with the event. This method
5257         should be only used with the HIGHLIGHT events.
5258         """
5259         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs)
5260
5261     def IsPopup(*args, **kwargs):
5262         """
5263         IsPopup(self) -> bool
5264
5265         Returns ``True`` if the menu which is being opened or closed is a
5266         popup menu, ``False`` if it is a normal one.  This method should only
5267         be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5268         """
5269         return _core_.MenuEvent_IsPopup(*args, **kwargs)
5270
5271     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
5272         """
5273         GetMenu(self) -> Menu
5274
5275         Returns the menu which is being opened or closed. This method should
5276         only be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5277         """
5278         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
5279
5280 MenuEvent_swigregister = _core_.MenuEvent_swigregister
5281 MenuEvent_swigregister(MenuEvent)
5282
5283 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5284
5285 class CloseEvent(Event):
5286     """
5287     This event class contains information about window and session close
5288     events.
5289
5290     The handler function for EVT_CLOSE is called when the user has tried
5291     to close a a frame or dialog box using the window manager controls or
5292     the system menu. It can also be invoked by the application itself
5293     programmatically, for example by calling the `wx.Window.Close`
5294     function.
5295
5296     You should check whether the application is forcing the deletion of
5297     the window using `CanVeto`. If it returns ``False``, you must destroy
5298     the window using `wx.Window.Destroy`. If the return value is ``True``,
5299     it is up to you whether you respond by destroying the window or not.
5300     For example you may wish to display a message dialog prompting to save
5301     files or to cancel the close.
5302
5303     If you don't destroy the window, you should call `Veto` to let the
5304     calling code know that you did not destroy the window. This allows the
5305     `wx.Window.Close` function to return ``True`` or ``False`` depending
5306     on whether the close instruction was honored or not.
5307     """
5308     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5309     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5310     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5311         """
5312         __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CloseEvent
5313
5314         Constructor.
5315         """
5316         _core_.CloseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CloseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5317     def SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5318         """
5319         SetLoggingOff(self, bool logOff)
5320
5321         Sets the 'logging off' flag.
5322         """
5323         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5324
5325     def GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5326         """
5327         GetLoggingOff(self) -> bool
5328
5329         Returns ``True`` if the user is logging off or ``False`` if the
5330         system is shutting down. This method can only be called for end
5331         session and query end session events, it doesn't make sense for close
5332         window event.
5333         """
5334         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5335
5336     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
5337         """
5338         Veto(self, bool veto=True)
5339
5340         Call this from your event handler to veto a system shutdown or to
5341         signal to the calling application that a window close did not happen.
5342
5343         You can only veto a shutdown or close if `CanVeto` returns true.
5344         """
5345         return _core_.CloseEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
5346
5347     def GetVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5348         """GetVeto(self) -> bool"""
5349         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5350
5351     def SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5352         """
5353         SetCanVeto(self, bool canVeto)
5354
5355         Sets the 'can veto' flag.
5356         """
5357         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5358
5359     def CanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5360         """
5361         CanVeto(self) -> bool
5362
5363         Returns true if you can veto a system shutdown or a window close
5364         event. Vetoing a window close event is not possible if the calling
5365         code wishes to force the application to exit, and so this function
5366         must be called to check this.
5367         """
5368         return _core_.CloseEvent_CanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5369
5370 CloseEvent_swigregister = _core_.CloseEvent_swigregister
5371 CloseEvent_swigregister(CloseEvent)
5372
5373 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5374
5375 class ShowEvent(Event):
5376     """An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden."""
5377     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5378     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5379     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5380         """
5381         __init__(self, int winid=0, bool show=False) -> ShowEvent
5382
5383         An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden.
5384         """
5385         _core_.ShowEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ShowEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5386     def SetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5387         """SetShow(self, bool show)"""
5388         return _core_.ShowEvent_SetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5389
5390     def GetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5391         """GetShow(self) -> bool"""
5392         return _core_.ShowEvent_GetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5393
5394 ShowEvent_swigregister = _core_.ShowEvent_swigregister
5395 ShowEvent_swigregister(ShowEvent)
5396
5397 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5398
5399 class IconizeEvent(Event):
5400     """
5401     An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5402     restored.
5403     """
5404     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5405     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5406     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5407         """
5408         __init__(self, int id=0, bool iconized=True) -> IconizeEvent
5409
5410         An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5411         restored.
5412         """
5413         _core_.IconizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IconizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5414     def Iconized(*args, **kwargs):
5415         """
5416         Iconized(self) -> bool
5417
5418         Returns ``True`` if the frame has been iconized, ``False`` if it has
5419         been restored.
5420         """
5421         return _core_.IconizeEvent_Iconized(*args, **kwargs)
5422
5423 IconizeEvent_swigregister = _core_.IconizeEvent_swigregister
5424 IconizeEvent_swigregister(IconizeEvent)
5425
5426 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5427
5428 class MaximizeEvent(Event):
5429     """An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored."""
5430     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5431     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5432     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5433         """
5434         __init__(self, int id=0) -> MaximizeEvent
5435
5436         An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored.
5437         """
5438         _core_.MaximizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MaximizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5439 MaximizeEvent_swigregister = _core_.MaximizeEvent_swigregister
5440 MaximizeEvent_swigregister(MaximizeEvent)
5441
5442 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5443
5444 class DropFilesEvent(Event):
5445     """
5446     This class is used for drop files events, that is, when files have
5447     been dropped onto the window. This functionality is only available
5448     under Windows. The window must have previously been enabled for
5449     dropping by calling `wx.Window.DragAcceptFiles`.
5450
5451     Important note: this is a separate implementation to the more general
5452     drag and drop implementation using `wx.FileDropTarget`, and etc. This
5453     implementation uses the older, Windows message-based approach of
5454     dropping files.
5455
5456     Use wx.EVT_DROP_FILES to bind an event handler to receive file drop
5457     events.
5458
5459     """
5460     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5461     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
5462     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5463     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5464         """
5465         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5466
5467         Returns the position at which the files were dropped.
5468         """
5469         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5470
5471     def GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5472         """
5473         GetNumberOfFiles(self) -> int
5474
5475         Returns the number of files dropped.
5476         """
5477         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5478
5479     def GetFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5480         """
5481         GetFiles(self) -> PyObject
5482
5483         Returns a list of the filenames that were dropped.
5484         """
5485         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5486
5487 DropFilesEvent_swigregister = _core_.DropFilesEvent_swigregister
5488 DropFilesEvent_swigregister(DropFilesEvent)
5489
5490 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5491
5492 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL
5493 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
5494 class UpdateUIEvent(CommandEvent):
5495     """
5496     This class is used for EVT_UPDATE_UI pseudo-events which are sent by
5497     wxWidgets to give an application the chance to update various user
5498     interface elements.
5499
5500     Without update UI events, an application has to work hard to
5501     check/uncheck, enable/disable, and set the text for elements such as
5502     menu items and toolbar buttons. The code for doing this has to be
5503     mixed up with the code that is invoked when an action is invoked for a
5504     menu item or button.
5505
5506     With update UI events, you define an event handler to look at the
5507     state of the application and change UI elements accordingly. wxWidgets
5508     will call your handler functions in idle time, so you don't have to
5509     worry where to call this code. In addition to being a clearer and more
5510     declarative method, it also means you don't have to worry whether
5511     you're updating a toolbar or menubar identifier. The same handler can
5512     update a menu item and toolbar button, if the ID values are the same.
5513
5514     Instead of directly manipulating the menu or button, you call
5515     functions in the event object, such as `Check`. wxWidgets will
5516     determine whether such a call has been made, and which UI element to
5517     update.
5518
5519     These events will work for popup menus as well as menubars. Just
5520     before a menu is popped up, `wx.Menu.UpdateUI` is called to process
5521     any UI events for the window that owns the menu.
5522
5523     If you find that the overhead of UI update processing is affecting
5524     your application, you can do one or both of the following:
5525
5526        1. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` with a value of
5527           wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and set the extra style
5528           wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS for every window that should
5529           receive update events. No other windows will receive update
5530           events.
5531
5532        2. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` with a millisecond
5533           value to set the delay between updates. You may need to call
5534           `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` at critical points, for example when
5535           a dialog is about to be shown, in case the user sees a slight
5536           delay before windows are updated.
5537
5538     Note that although events are sent in idle time, defining a EVT_IDLE
5539     handler for a window does not affect this because the events are sent
5540     from an internal idle handler.
5541
5542     wxWidgets tries to optimize update events on some platforms. On
5543     Windows and GTK+, events for menubar items are only sent when the menu
5544     is about to be shown, and not in idle time.
5545
5546     """
5547     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5548     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5549     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5550         """
5551         __init__(self, int commandId=0) -> UpdateUIEvent
5552
5553         Constructor
5554         """
5555         _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_UpdateUIEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5556     def GetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
5557         """
5558         GetChecked(self) -> bool
5559
5560         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be checked.
5561         """
5562         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
5563
5564     def GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
5565         """
5566         GetEnabled(self) -> bool
5567
5568         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be enabled.
5569         """
5570         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
5571
5572     def GetShown(*args, **kwargs):
5573         """
5574         GetShown(self) -> bool
5575
5576         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be shown.
5577         """
5578         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetShown(*args, **kwargs)
5579
5580     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
5581         """
5582         GetText(self) -> String
5583
5584         Returns the text that should be set for the UI element.
5585         """
5586         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
5587
5588     def GetSetText(*args, **kwargs):
5589         """
5590         GetSetText(self) -> bool
5591
5592         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `SetText`. For
5593         wxWidgets internal use only.
5594         """
5595         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetText(*args, **kwargs)
5596
5597     def GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
5598         """
5599         GetSetChecked(self) -> bool
5600
5601         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Check`. For wxWidgets
5602         internal use only.
5603         """
5604         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
5605
5606     def GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
5607         """
5608         GetSetEnabled(self) -> bool
5609
5610         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Enable`. For wxWidgets
5611         internal use only.
5612         """
5613         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
5614
5615     def GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs):
5616         """
5617         GetSetShown(self) -> bool
5618
5619         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Show`. For wxWidgets
5620         internal use only.
5621         """
5622         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs)
5623
5624     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
5625         """
5626         Check(self, bool check)
5627
5628         Check or uncheck the UI element.
5629         """
5630         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Check(*args, **kwargs)
5631
5632     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
5633         """
5634         Enable(self, bool enable)
5635
5636         Enable or disable the UI element.
5637         """
5638         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
5639
5640     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
5641         """
5642         Show(self, bool show)
5643
5644         Show or hide the UI element.
5645         """
5646         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Show(*args, **kwargs)
5647
5648     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
5649         """
5650         SetText(self, String text)
5651
5652         Sets the text for this UI element.
5653         """
5654         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
5655
5656     def SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5657         """
5658         SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
5659
5660         Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
5661         disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
5662         default is 0.
5663
5664         Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
5665         application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
5666         greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
5667         at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
5668         about to be shown.
5669         """
5670         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5671
5672     SetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(SetUpdateInterval)
5673     def GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5674         """
5675         GetUpdateInterval() -> long
5676
5677         Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
5678         disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
5679         """
5680         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5681
5682     GetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(GetUpdateInterval)
5683     def CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
5684         """
5685         CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
5686
5687         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
5688         to) this window.
5689
5690         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
5691         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
5692         events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
5693         determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
5694         this will always return true because the update mode is initially
5695         wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
5696         events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
5697         that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
5698         interval.
5699
5700         """
5701         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
5702
5703     CanUpdate = staticmethod(CanUpdate)
5704     def ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs):
5705         """
5706         ResetUpdateTime()
5707
5708         Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
5709         is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
5710         is called at the end of idle processing.
5711         """
5712         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs)
5713
5714     ResetUpdateTime = staticmethod(ResetUpdateTime)
5715     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5716         """
5717         SetMode(int mode)
5718
5719         Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
5720         to those which specify that they will process the events.
5721
5722         The mode may be one of the following values:
5723
5724             =============================   ==========================================
5725             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
5726                                             is the default setting.
5727             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
5728                                             have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
5729                                             style set.
5730             =============================   ==========================================
5731
5732         """
5733         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5734
5735     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
5736     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5737         """
5738         GetMode() -> int
5739
5740         Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
5741         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
5742         events.
5743         """
5744         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5745
5746     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
5747 UpdateUIEvent_swigregister = _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swigregister
5748 UpdateUIEvent_swigregister(UpdateUIEvent)
5749
5750 def UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5751   """
5752     UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
5753
5754     Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
5755     disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
5756     default is 0.
5757
5758     Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
5759     application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
5760     greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
5761     at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
5762     about to be shown.
5763     """
5764   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5765
5766 def UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args):
5767   """
5768     UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval() -> long
5769
5770     Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
5771     disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
5772     """
5773   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args)
5774
5775 def UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
5776   """
5777     UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
5778
5779     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
5780     to) this window.
5781
5782     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
5783     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
5784     events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
5785     determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
5786     this will always return true because the update mode is initially
5787     wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
5788     events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
5789     that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
5790     interval.
5791
5792     """
5793   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
5794
5795 def UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args):
5796   """
5797     UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime()
5798
5799     Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
5800     is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
5801     is called at the end of idle processing.
5802     """
5803   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args)
5804
5805 def UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5806   """
5807     UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(int mode)
5808
5809     Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
5810     to those which specify that they will process the events.
5811
5812     The mode may be one of the following values:
5813
5814         =============================   ==========================================
5815         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
5816                                         is the default setting.
5817         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
5818                                         have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
5819                                         style set.
5820         =============================   ==========================================
5821
5822     """
5823   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5824
5825 def UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args):
5826   """
5827     UpdateUIEvent_GetMode() -> int
5828
5829     Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
5830     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
5831     events.
5832     """
5833   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args)
5834
5835 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5836
5837 class SysColourChangedEvent(Event):
5838     """
5839     This class is used for EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED, which are generated
5840     when the user changes the colour settings using the control
5841     panel. This is only applicable under Windows.
5842
5843     The default event handler for this event propagates the event to child
5844     windows, since Windows only sends the events to top-level windows. If
5845     intercepting this event for a top-level window, remember to call
5846     `Skip` so the the base class handler will still be executed, or to
5847     pass the event on to the window's children explicitly.
5848
5849     """
5850     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5851     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5852     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5853         """
5854         __init__(self) -> SysColourChangedEvent
5855
5856         Constructor
5857         """
5858         _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SysColourChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5859 SysColourChangedEvent_swigregister = _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swigregister
5860 SysColourChangedEvent_swigregister(SysColourChangedEvent)
5861
5862 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5863
5864 class MouseCaptureChangedEvent(Event):
5865     """
5866     An mouse capture changed event (EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED) is sent to
5867     a window that loses its mouse capture. This is called even if
5868     `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` was called by the application code. Handling
5869     this event allows an application to cater for unexpected capture
5870     releases which might otherwise confuse mouse handling code.
5871
5872     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5873     """
5874     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5875     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5876     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5877         """
5878         __init__(self, int winid=0, Window gainedCapture=None) -> MouseCaptureChangedEvent
5879
5880         Constructor
5881         """
5882         _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5883     def GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5884         """
5885         GetCapturedWindow(self) -> Window
5886
5887         Returns the window that gained the capture, or ``None`` if it was a
5888         non-wxWidgets window.
5889         """
5890         return _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5891
5892 MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swigregister = _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swigregister
5893 MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureChangedEvent)
5894
5895 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5896
5897 class DisplayChangedEvent(Event):
5898     """
5899     An EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED event is sent to all windows when the display
5900     resolution has changed.
5901
5902     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5903     """
5904     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5905     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5906     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5907         """__init__(self) -> DisplayChangedEvent"""
5908         _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DisplayChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5909 DisplayChangedEvent_swigregister = _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swigregister
5910 DisplayChangedEvent_swigregister(DisplayChangedEvent)
5911
5912 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5913
5914 class PaletteChangedEvent(Event):
5915     """
5916     An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
5917     changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
5918     match.
5919
5920     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5921     """
5922     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5923     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5924     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5925         """
5926         __init__(self, int id=0) -> PaletteChangedEvent
5927
5928         An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
5929         changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
5930         match.
5931
5932         This event is implemented under Windows only.
5933         """
5934         _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaletteChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5935     def SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5936         """SetChangedWindow(self, Window win)"""
5937         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5938
5939     def GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5940         """GetChangedWindow(self) -> Window"""
5941         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5942
5943 PaletteChangedEvent_swigregister = _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swigregister
5944 PaletteChangedEvent_swigregister(PaletteChangedEvent)
5945
5946 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5947
5948 class QueryNewPaletteEvent(Event):
5949     """
5950     An EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETE event indicates the window is getting keyboard
5951     focus and should re-do its palette.
5952
5953     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5954     """
5955     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5956     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5957     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5958         """
5959         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> QueryNewPaletteEvent
5960
5961         Constructor.
5962         """
5963         _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_QueryNewPaletteEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5964     def SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
5965         """
5966         SetPaletteRealized(self, bool realized)
5967
5968         App should set this if it changes the palette.
5969         """
5970         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
5971
5972     def GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
5973         """GetPaletteRealized(self) -> bool"""
5974         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
5975
5976 QueryNewPaletteEvent_swigregister = _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swigregister
5977 QueryNewPaletteEvent_swigregister(QueryNewPaletteEvent)
5978
5979 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5980
5981 class NavigationKeyEvent(Event):
5982     """
5983     EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY events are used to control moving the focus between
5984     widgets, otherwise known as tab-traversal.  You woudl normally not
5985     catch navigation events in applications as there are already
5986     appropriate handlers in `wx.Dialog` and `wx.Panel`, but you may find
5987     it useful to send navigation events in certain situations to change
5988     the focus in certain ways, although it's probably easier to just call
5989     `wx.Window.Navigate`.
5990     """
5991     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5992     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5993     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5994         """__init__(self) -> NavigationKeyEvent"""
5995         _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NavigationKeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5996     def GetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
5997         """
5998         GetDirection(self) -> bool
5999
6000         Returns ``True`` if the direction is forward, ``False`` otherwise.
6001         """
6002         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6003
6004     def SetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
6005         """
6006         SetDirection(self, bool forward)
6007
6008         Specify the direction that the navigation should take.  Usually the
6009         difference between using Tab and Shift-Tab.
6010         """
6011         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6012
6013     def IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
6014         """
6015         IsWindowChange(self) -> bool
6016
6017         Returns ``True`` if window change is allowed.
6018         """
6019         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
6020
6021     def SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
6022         """
6023         SetWindowChange(self, bool ischange)
6024
6025         Specify if the navigation should be able to change parent windows.
6026         For example, changing notebook pages, etc. This is usually implemented
6027         by using Control-Tab.
6028         """
6029         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
6030
6031     def IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
6032         """
6033         IsFromTab(self) -> bool
6034
6035         Returns ``True`` if the navigation event is originated from the Tab
6036         key.
6037         """
6038         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
6039
6040     def SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
6041         """
6042         SetFromTab(self, bool bIs)
6043
6044         Set to true under MSW if the event was generated using the tab key.
6045         This is required for proper navogation over radio buttons.
6046         """
6047         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
6048
6049     def SetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
6050         """
6051         SetFlags(self, long flags)
6052
6053         Set the navigation flags to a combination of the following:
6054
6055             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsBackward
6056             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward
6057             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.WinChange
6058             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.FromTab
6059
6060         """
6061         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
6062
6063     def GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6064         """
6065         GetCurrentFocus(self) -> Window
6066
6067         Returns the child window which currenty has the focus.  May be
6068         ``None``.
6069         """
6070         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6071
6072     def SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6073         """
6074         SetCurrentFocus(self, Window win)
6075
6076         Set the window that has the focus.
6077         """
6078         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6079
6080     IsBackward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsBackward
6081     IsForward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsForward
6082     WinChange = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_WinChange
6083     FromTab = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_FromTab
6084 NavigationKeyEvent_swigregister = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swigregister
6085 NavigationKeyEvent_swigregister(NavigationKeyEvent)
6086
6087 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6088
6089 class WindowCreateEvent(CommandEvent):
6090     """
6091     The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6092     underlying GUI object) exists.
6093     """
6094     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6095     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6096     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6097         """
6098         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowCreateEvent
6099
6100         The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6101         underlying GUI object) exists.
6102         """
6103         _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowCreateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6104     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6105         """
6106         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6107
6108         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6109         """
6110         return _core_.WindowCreateEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6111
6112 WindowCreateEvent_swigregister = _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swigregister
6113 WindowCreateEvent_swigregister(WindowCreateEvent)
6114
6115 class WindowDestroyEvent(CommandEvent):
6116     """
6117     The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6118     when the GUI window is destroyed.
6119
6120     When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6121     have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6122     will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6123     received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6124     handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6125     notification of the destruction of another window.
6126     """
6127     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6128     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6129     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6130         """
6131         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowDestroyEvent
6132
6133         The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6134         when the GUI window is destroyed.
6135
6136         When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6137         have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6138         will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6139         received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6140         handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6141         notification of the destruction of another window.
6142         """
6143         _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowDestroyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6144     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6145         """
6146         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6147
6148         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6149         """
6150         return _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6151
6152 WindowDestroyEvent_swigregister = _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swigregister
6153 WindowDestroyEvent_swigregister(WindowDestroyEvent)
6154
6155 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6156
6157 class ContextMenuEvent(CommandEvent):
6158     """
6159     This class is used for context menu events (EVT_CONTECT_MENU,) sent to
6160     give the application a chance to show a context (popup) menu.
6161     """
6162     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6163     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6164     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6165         """
6166         __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Point pt=DefaultPosition) -> ContextMenuEvent
6167
6168         Constructor.
6169         """
6170         _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ContextMenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6171     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6172         """
6173         GetPosition(self) -> Point
6174
6175         Returns the position (in screen coordinants) at which the menu should
6176         be shown.
6177         """
6178         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6179
6180     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6181         """
6182         SetPosition(self, Point pos)
6183
6184         Sets the position at which the menu should be shown.
6185         """
6186         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6187
6188 ContextMenuEvent_swigregister = _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swigregister
6189 ContextMenuEvent_swigregister(ContextMenuEvent)
6190
6191 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6192
6193 IDLE_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL
6194 IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
6195 class IdleEvent(Event):
6196     """
6197     This class is used for EVT_IDLE events, which are generated and sent
6198     when the application *becomes* idle.  In other words, the when the
6199     event queue becomes empty then idle events are sent to all windows (by
6200     default) and as long as none of them call `RequestMore` then there are
6201     no more idle events until after the system event queue has some normal
6202     events and then becomes empty again.
6203
6204     By default, idle events are sent to all windows. If this is causing a
6205     significant overhead in your application, you can call
6206     `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode` with the value wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and
6207     set the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style for every window
6208     which should receive idle events.  Then idle events will only be sent
6209     to those windows and not to any others.
6210     """
6211     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6212     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6213     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6214         """
6215         __init__(self) -> IdleEvent
6216
6217         Constructor
6218         """
6219         _core_.IdleEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IdleEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6220     def RequestMore(*args, **kwargs):
6221         """
6222         RequestMore(self, bool needMore=True)
6223
6224         Tells wxWidgets that more processing is required. This function can be
6225         called by an EVT_IDLE handler for a window to indicate that the
6226         application should forward the EVT_IDLE event once more to the
6227         application windows. If no window calls this function during its
6228         EVT_IDLE handler, then the application will remain in a passive event
6229         loop until a new event is posted to the application by the windowing
6230         system.
6231         """
6232         return _core_.IdleEvent_RequestMore(*args, **kwargs)
6233
6234     def MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs):
6235         """
6236         MoreRequested(self) -> bool
6237
6238         Returns ``True`` if the OnIdle function processing this event
6239         requested more processing time.
6240         """
6241         return _core_.IdleEvent_MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs)
6242
6243     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6244         """
6245         SetMode(int mode)
6246
6247         Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6248         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6249         events.
6250
6251         The mode can be one of the following values:
6252
6253             =========================   ========================================
6254             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6255             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6256                                         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6257                                         flag set.
6258             =========================   ========================================
6259
6260         """
6261         return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6262
6263     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
6264     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6265         """
6266         GetMode() -> int
6267
6268         Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6269         idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6270         will process the events.
6271         """
6272         return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6273
6274     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
6275     def CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6276         """
6277         CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6278
6279         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6280         window.
6281
6282         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6283         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6284         events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6285         return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6286         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6287         to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6288         """
6289         return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6290
6291     CanSend = staticmethod(CanSend)
6292 IdleEvent_swigregister = _core_.IdleEvent_swigregister
6293 IdleEvent_swigregister(IdleEvent)
6294
6295 def IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6296   """
6297     IdleEvent_SetMode(int mode)
6298
6299     Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6300     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6301     events.
6302
6303     The mode can be one of the following values:
6304
6305         =========================   ========================================
6306         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6307         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6308                                     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6309                                     flag set.
6310         =========================   ========================================
6311
6312     """
6313   return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6314
6315 def IdleEvent_GetMode(*args):
6316   """
6317     IdleEvent_GetMode() -> int
6318
6319     Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6320     idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6321     will process the events.
6322     """
6323   return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args)
6324
6325 def IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6326   """
6327     IdleEvent_CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6328
6329     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6330     window.
6331
6332     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6333     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6334     events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6335     return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6336     wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6337     to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6338     """
6339   return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6340
6341 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6342
6343 class PyEvent(Event):
6344     """
6345     wx.PyEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom event
6346     types in Python.  You should derived from this class instead of
6347     `wx.Event` because this class is Python-aware and is able to transport
6348     its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event system and have
6349     them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6350
6351     :see: `wx.PyCommandEvent`
6352
6353     """
6354     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6355     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6356     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6357         """__init__(self, int winid=0, wxEventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> PyEvent"""
6358         _core_.PyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6359         self._SetSelf(self)
6360
6361     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyEvent
6362     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6363     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6364         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6365         return _core_.PyEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6366
6367     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6368         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6369         return _core_.PyEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6370
6371 PyEvent_swigregister = _core_.PyEvent_swigregister
6372 PyEvent_swigregister(PyEvent)
6373
6374 class PyCommandEvent(CommandEvent):
6375     """
6376     wx.PyCommandEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom
6377     event types in Python, where the event shoudl travel up to parent
6378     windows looking for a handler.  You should derived from this class
6379     instead of `wx.CommandEvent` because this class is Python-aware and is
6380     able to transport its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event
6381     system and have them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6382
6383     :see: `wx.PyEvent`
6384
6385     """
6386     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6387     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6388     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6389         """__init__(self, wxEventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL, int id=0) -> PyCommandEvent"""
6390         _core_.PyCommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6391         self._SetSelf(self)
6392
6393     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyCommandEvent
6394     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6395     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6396         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6397         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6398
6399     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6400         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6401         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6402
6403 PyCommandEvent_swigregister = _core_.PyCommandEvent_swigregister
6404 PyCommandEvent_swigregister(PyCommandEvent)
6405
6406 class DateEvent(CommandEvent):
6407     """
6408     This event class holds information about a date change event and is
6409     used together with `wx.DatePickerCtrl`. It also serves as a base class
6410     for `wx.calendar.CalendarEvent`.  Bind these event types with
6411     EVT_DATE_CHANGED.
6412     """
6413     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6414     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6415     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6416         """__init__(self, Window win, DateTime dt, wxEventType type) -> DateEvent"""
6417         _core_.DateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6418     def GetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6419         """
6420         GetDate(self) -> DateTime
6421
6422         Returns the date.
6423         """
6424         return _core_.DateEvent_GetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6425
6426     def SetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6427         """
6428         SetDate(self, DateTime date)
6429
6430         Sets the date carried by the event, normally only used by the library
6431         internally.
6432         """
6433         return _core_.DateEvent_SetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6434
6435 DateEvent_swigregister = _core_.DateEvent_swigregister
6436 DateEvent_swigregister(DateEvent)
6437
6438 wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
6439 EVT_DATE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED, 1 )
6440
6441 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6442
6443 PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS
6444 PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION
6445 PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG
6446 PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG
6447 PRINT_WINDOWS = _core_.PRINT_WINDOWS
6448 PRINT_POSTSCRIPT = _core_.PRINT_POSTSCRIPT
6449 class PyApp(EvtHandler):
6450     """
6451     The ``wx.PyApp`` class is an *implementation detail*, please use the
6452     `wx.App` class (or some other derived class) instead.
6453     """
6454     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6455     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6456     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6457         """
6458         __init__(self) -> PyApp
6459
6460         Create a new application object, starting the bootstrap process.
6461         """
6462         _core_.PyApp_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyApp(*args, **kwargs))
6463         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PyApp, False)
6464         self._setOORInfo(self, False)
6465
6466     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyApp
6467     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6468     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
6469         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, bool incref)"""
6470         return _core_.PyApp__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
6471
6472     def GetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
6473         """
6474         GetAppName(self) -> String
6475
6476         Get the application name.
6477         """
6478         return _core_.PyApp_GetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
6479
6480     def SetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
6481         """
6482         SetAppName(self, String name)
6483
6484         Set the application name. This value may be used automatically by
6485         `wx.Config` and such.
6486         """
6487         return _core_.PyApp_SetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
6488
6489     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
6490         """
6491         GetClassName(self) -> String
6492
6493         Get the application's class name.
6494         """
6495         return _core_.PyApp_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
6496
6497     def SetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
6498         """
6499         SetClassName(self, String name)
6500
6501         Set the application's class name. This value may be used for
6502         X-resources if applicable for the platform
6503         """
6504         return _core_.PyApp_SetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
6505
6506     def GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
6507         """
6508         GetVendorName(self) -> String
6509
6510         Get the application's vendor name.
6511         """
6512         return _core_.PyApp_GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
6513
6514     def SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
6515         """
6516         SetVendorName(self, String name)
6517
6518         Set the application's vendor name. This value may be used
6519         automatically by `wx.Config` and such.
6520         """
6521         return _core_.PyApp_SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
6522
6523     def GetTraits(*args, **kwargs):
6524         """
6525         GetTraits(self) -> wxAppTraits
6526
6527         Return (and create if necessary) the app traits object to which we
6528         delegate for everything which either should be configurable by the
6529         user (then he can change the default behaviour simply by overriding
6530         CreateTraits() and returning his own traits object) or which is
6531         GUI/console dependent as then wx.AppTraits allows us to abstract the
6532         differences behind the common facade.
6533
6534         :todo: Add support for overriding CreateAppTraits in wxPython.
6535         """
6536         return _core_.PyApp_GetTraits(*args, **kwargs)
6537
6538     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
6539         """
6540         ProcessPendingEvents(self)
6541
6542         Process all events in the Pending Events list -- it is necessary to
6543         call this function to process posted events. This normally happens
6544         during each event loop iteration.
6545         """
6546         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
6547
6548     def Yield(*args, **kwargs):
6549         """
6550         Yield(self, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
6551
6552         Process all currently pending events right now, instead of waiting
6553         until return to the event loop.  It is an error to call ``Yield``
6554         recursively unless the value of ``onlyIfNeeded`` is True.
6555
6556         :warning: This function is dangerous as it can lead to unexpected
6557               reentrancies (i.e. when called from an event handler it may
6558               result in calling the same event handler again), use with
6559               extreme care or, better, don't use at all!
6560
6561         :see: `wx.Yield`, `wx.YieldIfNeeded`, `wx.SafeYield`
6562
6563         """
6564         return _core_.PyApp_Yield(*args, **kwargs)
6565
6566     def WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs):
6567         """
6568         WakeUpIdle(self)
6569
6570         Make sure that idle events are sent again.
6571         :see: `wx.WakeUpIdle`
6572         """
6573         return _core_.PyApp_WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs)
6574
6575     def IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs):
6576         """
6577         IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
6578
6579         Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
6580         currently be dispatched.
6581         """
6582         return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs)
6583
6584     IsMainLoopRunning = staticmethod(IsMainLoopRunning)
6585     def MainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
6586         """
6587         MainLoop(self) -> int
6588
6589         Execute the main GUI loop, the function doesn't normally return until
6590         all top level windows have been closed and destroyed.
6591         """
6592         return _core_.PyApp_MainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
6593
6594     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
6595         """
6596         Exit(self)
6597
6598         Exit the main loop thus terminating the application.
6599         :see: `wx.Exit`
6600         """
6601         return _core_.PyApp_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
6602
6603     def ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
6604         """
6605         ExitMainLoop(self)
6606
6607         Exit the main GUI loop during the next iteration of the main
6608         loop, (i.e. it does not stop the program immediately!)
6609         """
6610         return _core_.PyApp_ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
6611
6612     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
6613         """
6614         Pending(self) -> bool
6615
6616         Returns True if there are unprocessed events in the event queue.
6617         """
6618         return _core_.PyApp_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
6619
6620     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
6621         """
6622         Dispatch(self) -> bool
6623
6624         Process the first event in the event queue (blocks until an event
6625         appears if there are none currently)
6626         """
6627         return _core_.PyApp_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
6628
6629     def ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs):
6630         """
6631         ProcessIdle(self) -> bool
6632
6633         Called from the MainLoop when the application becomes idle (there are
6634         no pending events) and sends a `wx.IdleEvent` to all interested
6635         parties.  Returns True if more idle events are needed, False if not.
6636         """
6637         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs)
6638
6639     def SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs):
6640         """
6641         SendIdleEvents(self, Window win, IdleEvent event) -> bool
6642
6643         Send idle event to window and all subwindows.  Returns True if more
6644         idle time is requested.
6645         """
6646         return _core_.PyApp_SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs)
6647
6648     def IsActive(*args, **kwargs):
6649         """
6650         IsActive(self) -> bool
6651
6652         Return True if our app has focus.
6653         """
6654         return _core_.PyApp_IsActive(*args, **kwargs)
6655
6656     def SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6657         """
6658         SetTopWindow(self, Window win)
6659
6660         Set the *main* top level window
6661         """
6662         return _core_.PyApp_SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6663
6664     def GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6665         """
6666         GetTopWindow(self) -> Window
6667
6668         Return the *main* top level window (if it hadn't been set previously
6669         with SetTopWindow(), will return just some top level window and, if
6670         there not any, will return None)
6671         """
6672         return _core_.PyApp_GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6673
6674     def SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
6675         """
6676         SetExitOnFrameDelete(self, bool flag)
6677
6678         Control the exit behaviour: by default, the program will exit the main
6679         loop (and so, usually, terminate) when the last top-level program
6680         window is deleted.  Beware that if you disable this behaviour (with
6681         SetExitOnFrameDelete(False)), you'll have to call ExitMainLoop()
6682         explicitly from somewhere.
6683         """
6684         return _core_.PyApp_SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
6685
6686     def GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
6687         """
6688         GetExitOnFrameDelete(self) -> bool
6689
6690         Get the current exit behaviour setting.
6691         """
6692         return _core_.PyApp_GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
6693
6694     def SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
6695         """
6696         SetUseBestVisual(self, bool flag)
6697
6698         Set whether the app should try to use the best available visual on
6699         systems where more than one is available, (Sun, SGI, XFree86 4, etc.)
6700         """
6701         return _core_.PyApp_SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
6702
6703     def GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
6704         """
6705         GetUseBestVisual(self) -> bool
6706
6707         Get current UseBestVisual setting.
6708         """
6709         return _core_.PyApp_GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
6710
6711     def SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
6712         """SetPrintMode(self, int mode)"""
6713         return _core_.PyApp_SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
6714
6715     def GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
6716         """GetPrintMode(self) -> int"""
6717         return _core_.PyApp_GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
6718
6719     def SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
6720         """
6721         SetAssertMode(self, int mode)
6722
6723         Set the OnAssert behaviour for debug and hybrid builds.
6724         """
6725         return _core_.PyApp_SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
6726
6727     def GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
6728         """
6729         GetAssertMode(self) -> int
6730
6731         Get the current OnAssert behaviour setting.
6732         """
6733         return _core_.PyApp_GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
6734
6735     def GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6736         """GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
6737         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6738
6739     GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
6740     def GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6741         """GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
6742         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6743
6744     GetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacAboutMenuItemId)
6745     def GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6746         """GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
6747         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6748
6749     GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
6750     def GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6751         """GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
6752         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6753
6754     GetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacExitMenuItemId)
6755     def GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6756         """GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
6757         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6758
6759     GetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(GetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
6760     def SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6761         """SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
6762         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6763
6764     SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
6765     def SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6766         """SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
6767         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6768
6769     SetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacAboutMenuItemId)
6770     def SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6771         """SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
6772         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6773
6774     SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
6775     def SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6776         """SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
6777         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6778
6779     SetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacExitMenuItemId)
6780     def SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6781         """SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
6782         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6783
6784     SetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(SetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
6785     def _BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs):
6786         """
6787         _BootstrapApp(self)
6788
6789         For internal use only
6790         """
6791         return _core_.PyApp__BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs)
6792
6793     def GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs):
6794         """
6795         GetComCtl32Version() -> int
6796
6797         Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
6798         it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
6799         """
6800         return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs)
6801
6802     GetComCtl32Version = staticmethod(GetComCtl32Version)
6803 PyApp_swigregister = _core_.PyApp_swigregister
6804 PyApp_swigregister(PyApp)
6805
6806 def PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args):
6807   """
6808     PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
6809
6810     Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
6811     currently be dispatched.
6812     """
6813   return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args)
6814
6815 def PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args):
6816   """PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
6817   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args)
6818
6819 def PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args):
6820   """PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
6821   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args)
6822
6823 def PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args):
6824   """PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
6825   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args)
6826
6827 def PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args):
6828   """PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
6829   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args)
6830
6831 def PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args):
6832   """PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
6833   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args)
6834
6835 def PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6836   """PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
6837   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6838
6839 def PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6840   """PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
6841   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6842
6843 def PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6844   """PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
6845   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6846
6847 def PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6848   """PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
6849   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6850
6851 def PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6852   """PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
6853   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6854
6855 def PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args):
6856   """
6857     PyApp_GetComCtl32Version() -> int
6858
6859     Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
6860     it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
6861     """
6862   return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args)
6863
6864 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6865
6866
6867 def Exit(*args):
6868   """
6869     Exit()
6870
6871     Force an exit of the application.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Exit()
6872     """
6873   return _core_.Exit(*args)
6874
6875 def Yield(*args):
6876   """
6877     Yield() -> bool
6878
6879     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield()
6880     """
6881   return _core_.Yield(*args)
6882
6883 def YieldIfNeeded(*args):
6884   """
6885     YieldIfNeeded() -> bool
6886
6887     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield(True)
6888     """
6889   return _core_.YieldIfNeeded(*args)
6890
6891 def SafeYield(*args, **kwargs):
6892   """
6893     SafeYield(Window win=None, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
6894
6895     This function is similar to `wx.Yield`, except that it disables the
6896     user input to all program windows before calling `wx.Yield` and
6897     re-enables it again afterwards. If ``win`` is not None, this window
6898     will remain enabled, allowing the implementation of some limited user
6899     interaction.
6900
6901     :Returns: the result of the call to `wx.Yield`.
6902     """
6903   return _core_.SafeYield(*args, **kwargs)
6904
6905 def WakeUpIdle(*args):
6906   """
6907     WakeUpIdle()
6908
6909     Cause the message queue to become empty again, so idle events will be
6910     sent.
6911     """
6912   return _core_.WakeUpIdle(*args)
6913
6914 def PostEvent(*args, **kwargs):
6915   """
6916     PostEvent(EvtHandler dest, Event event)
6917
6918     Send an event to a window or other wx.EvtHandler to be processed
6919     later.
6920     """
6921   return _core_.PostEvent(*args, **kwargs)
6922
6923 def App_CleanUp(*args):
6924   """
6925     App_CleanUp()
6926
6927     For internal use only, it is used to cleanup after wxWidgets when
6928     Python shuts down.
6929     """
6930   return _core_.App_CleanUp(*args)
6931
6932 def GetApp(*args):
6933   """
6934     GetApp() -> PyApp
6935
6936     Return a reference to the current wx.App object.
6937     """
6938   return _core_.GetApp(*args)
6939
6940 def SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs):
6941   """
6942     SetDefaultPyEncoding(string encoding)
6943
6944     Sets the encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to convert a
6945     Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
6946
6947     The default encoding is the value of ``locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]``
6948     but please be aware that the default encoding within the same locale
6949     may be slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please
6950     see http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
6951     between the common latin/roman encodings.
6952     """
6953   return _core_.SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs)
6954
6955 def GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args):
6956   """
6957     GetDefaultPyEncoding() -> string
6958
6959     Gets the current encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to
6960     convert a Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
6961     """
6962   return _core_.GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args)
6963 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
6964
6965 class PyOnDemandOutputWindow:
6966     """
6967     A class that can be used for redirecting Python's stdout and
6968     stderr streams.  It will do nothing until something is wrriten to
6969     the stream at which point it will create a Frame with a text area
6970     and write the text there.
6971     """
6972     def __init__(self, title = "wxPython: stdout/stderr"):
6973         self.frame  = None
6974         self.title  = title
6975         self.pos    = wx.DefaultPosition
6976         self.size   = (450, 300)
6977         self.parent = None
6978
6979     def SetParent(self, parent):
6980         """Set the window to be used as the popup Frame's parent."""
6981         self.parent = parent
6982
6983
6984     def CreateOutputWindow(self, st):
6985         self.frame = wx.Frame(self.parent, -1, self.title, self.pos, self.size,
6986                               style=wx.DEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE)
6987         self.text  = wx.TextCtrl(self.frame, -1, "",
6988                                  style=wx.TE_MULTILINE|wx.TE_READONLY)
6989         self.text.AppendText(st)
6990         self.frame.Show(True)
6991         EVT_CLOSE(self.frame, self.OnCloseWindow)
6992
6993
6994     def OnCloseWindow(self, event):
6995         if self.frame is not None:
6996             self.frame.Destroy()
6997         self.frame = None
6998         self.text  = None
6999
7000
7001     # These methods provide the file-like output behaviour.
7002     def write(self, text):
7003         """
7004         Create the output window if needed and write the string to it.
7005         If not called in the context of the gui thread then uses
7006         CallAfter to do the work there.
7007         """
7008         if self.frame is None:
7009             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
7010                 wx.CallAfter(self.CreateOutputWindow, text)
7011             else:
7012                 self.CreateOutputWindow(text)
7013         else:
7014             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
7015                 wx.CallAfter(self.text.AppendText, text)
7016             else:
7017                 self.text.AppendText(text)
7018
7019
7020     def close(self):
7021         if self.frame is not None:
7022             wx.CallAfter(self.frame.Close)
7023
7024
7025     def flush(self):
7026         pass
7027
7028
7029
7030 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
7031
7032 _defRedirect = (wx.Platform == '__WXMSW__' or wx.Platform == '__WXMAC__')
7033
7034 class App(wx.PyApp):
7035     """
7036     The ``wx.App`` class represents the application and is used to:
7037
7038       * bootstrap the wxPython system and initialize the underlying
7039         gui toolkit
7040       * set and get application-wide properties
7041       * implement the windowing system main message or event loop,
7042         and to dispatch events to window instances
7043       * etc.
7044
7045     Every application must have a ``wx.App`` instance, and all
7046     creation of UI objects should be delayed until after the
7047     ``wx.App`` object has been created in order to ensure that the gui
7048     platform and wxWidgets have been fully initialized.
7049
7050     Normally you would derive from this class and implement an
7051     ``OnInit`` method that creates a frame and then calls
7052     ``self.SetTopWindow(frame)``.
7053
7054     :see: `wx.PySimpleApp` for a simpler app class that can be used
7055            directly.
7056     """
7057
7058     outputWindowClass = PyOnDemandOutputWindow
7059
7060     def __init__(self, redirect=_defRedirect, filename=None,
7061                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7062         """
7063         Construct a ``wx.App`` object.
7064
7065         :param redirect: Should ``sys.stdout`` and ``sys.stderr`` be
7066             redirected?  Defaults to True on Windows and Mac, False
7067             otherwise.  If `filename` is None then output will be
7068             redirected to a window that pops up as needed.  (You can
7069             control what kind of window is created for the output by
7070             resetting the class variable ``outputWindowClass`` to a
7071             class of your choosing.)
7072
7073         :param filename: The name of a file to redirect output to, if
7074             redirect is True.
7075
7076         :param useBestVisual: Should the app try to use the best
7077             available visual provided by the system (only relevant on
7078             systems that have more than one visual.)  This parameter
7079             must be used instead of calling `SetUseBestVisual` later
7080             on because it must be set before the underlying GUI
7081             toolkit is initialized.
7082
7083         :param clearSigInt: Should SIGINT be cleared?  This allows the
7084             app to terminate upon a Ctrl-C in the console like other
7085             GUI apps will.
7086
7087         :note: You should override OnInit to do applicaition
7088             initialization to ensure that the system, toolkit and
7089             wxWidgets are fully initialized.
7090         """
7091         wx.PyApp.__init__(self)
7092
7093         if wx.Platform == "__WXMAC__":
7094             try:
7095                 import MacOS
7096                 if not MacOS.WMAvailable():
7097                     print """\
7098 This program needs access to the screen. Please run with 'pythonw',
7099 not 'python', and only when you are logged in on the main display of
7100 your Mac."""
7101                     _sys.exit(1)
7102             except SystemExit:
7103                 raise
7104             except:
7105                 pass
7106
7107         # This has to be done before OnInit
7108         self.SetUseBestVisual(useBestVisual)
7109
7110         # Set the default handler for SIGINT.  This fixes a problem
7111         # where if Ctrl-C is pressed in the console that started this
7112         # app then it will not appear to do anything, (not even send
7113         # KeyboardInterrupt???)  but will later segfault on exit.  By
7114         # setting the default handler then the app will exit, as
7115         # expected (depending on platform.)
7116         if clearSigInt:
7117             try:
7118                 import signal
7119                 signal.signal(signal.SIGINT, signal.SIG_DFL)
7120             except:
7121                 pass
7122
7123         # Save and redirect the stdio to a window?
7124         self.stdioWin = None
7125         self.saveStdio = (_sys.stdout, _sys.stderr)
7126         if redirect:
7127             self.RedirectStdio(filename)
7128
7129         # Use Python's install prefix as the default
7130         wx.StandardPaths.Get().SetInstallPrefix(_sys.prefix)
7131
7132         # This finishes the initialization of wxWindows and then calls
7133         # the OnInit that should be present in the derived class
7134         self._BootstrapApp()
7135
7136
7137     def __del__(self, destroy=wx.PyApp.__del__):
7138         self.RestoreStdio()  # Just in case the MainLoop was overridden
7139         destroy(self)
7140
7141     def Destroy(self):
7142         wx.PyApp.Destroy(self)
7143         self.thisown = 0
7144
7145     def SetTopWindow(self, frame):
7146         """Set the \"main\" top level window"""
7147         if self.stdioWin:
7148             self.stdioWin.SetParent(frame)
7149         wx.PyApp.SetTopWindow(self, frame)
7150
7151
7152     def MainLoop(self):
7153         """Execute the main GUI event loop"""
7154         wx.PyApp.MainLoop(self)
7155         self.RestoreStdio()
7156
7157
7158     def RedirectStdio(self, filename=None):
7159         """Redirect sys.stdout and sys.stderr to a file or a popup window."""
7160         if filename:
7161             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = open(filename, 'a')
7162         else:
7163             self.stdioWin = self.outputWindowClass()
7164             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = self.stdioWin
7165
7166
7167     def RestoreStdio(self):
7168         try:
7169             _sys.stdout, _sys.stderr = self.saveStdio
7170         except:
7171             pass
7172
7173
7174     def SetOutputWindowAttributes(self, title=None, pos=None, size=None):
7175         """
7176         Set the title, position and/or size of the output window if
7177         the stdio has been redirected.  This should be called before
7178         any output would cause the output window to be created.
7179         """
7180         if self.stdioWin:
7181             if title is not None:
7182                 self.stdioWin.title = title
7183             if pos is not None:
7184                 self.stdioWin.pos = pos
7185             if size is not None:
7186                 self.stdioWin.size = size
7187
7188
7189
7190
7191 # change from wx.PyApp_XX to wx.App_XX
7192 App_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7193 App_GetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId
7194 App_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7195 App_GetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId
7196 App_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7197 App_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7198 App_SetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId
7199 App_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7200 App_SetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId
7201 App_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7202 App_GetComCtl32Version           = _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version
7203
7204 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7205
7206 class PySimpleApp(wx.App):
7207     """
7208     A simple application class.  You can just create one of these and
7209     then then make your top level windows later, and not have to worry
7210     about OnInit.  For example::
7211
7212         app = wx.PySimpleApp()
7213         frame = wx.Frame(None, title='Hello World')
7214         frame.Show()
7215         app.MainLoop()
7216
7217     :see: `wx.App`
7218     """
7219
7220     def __init__(self, redirect=False, filename=None,
7221                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7222         """
7223         :see: `wx.App.__init__`
7224         """
7225         wx.App.__init__(self, redirect, filename, useBestVisual, clearSigInt)
7226
7227     def OnInit(self):
7228         return True
7229
7230
7231
7232 # Is anybody using this one?
7233 class PyWidgetTester(wx.App):
7234     def __init__(self, size = (250, 100)):
7235         self.size = size
7236         wx.App.__init__(self, 0)
7237
7238     def OnInit(self):
7239         self.frame = wx.Frame(None, -1, "Widget Tester", pos=(0,0), size=self.size)
7240         self.SetTopWindow(self.frame)
7241         return True
7242
7243     def SetWidget(self, widgetClass, *args, **kwargs):
7244         w = widgetClass(self.frame, *args, **kwargs)
7245         self.frame.Show(True)
7246
7247 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7248 # DO NOT hold any other references to this object.  This is how we
7249 # know when to cleanup system resources that wxWidgets is holding.  When
7250 # the sys module is unloaded, the refcount on sys.__wxPythonCleanup
7251 # goes to zero and it calls the wx.App_CleanUp function.
7252
7253 class __wxPyCleanup:
7254     def __init__(self):
7255         self.cleanup = _core_.App_CleanUp
7256     def __del__(self):
7257         self.cleanup()
7258
7259 _sys.__wxPythonCleanup = __wxPyCleanup()
7260
7261 ## # another possible solution, but it gets called too early...
7262 ## import atexit
7263 ## atexit.register(_core_.wxApp_CleanUp)
7264
7265
7266 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7267
7268 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7269
7270 class EventLoop(object):
7271     """Proxy of C++ EventLoop class"""
7272     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7273     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7274     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7275         """__init__(self) -> EventLoop"""
7276         _core_.EventLoop_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoop(*args, **kwargs))
7277     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoop
7278     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7279     def Run(*args, **kwargs):
7280         """Run(self) -> int"""
7281         return _core_.EventLoop_Run(*args, **kwargs)
7282
7283     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
7284         """Exit(self, int rc=0)"""
7285         return _core_.EventLoop_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
7286
7287     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
7288         """Pending(self) -> bool"""
7289         return _core_.EventLoop_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
7290
7291     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
7292         """Dispatch(self) -> bool"""
7293         return _core_.EventLoop_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
7294
7295     def IsRunning(*args, **kwargs):
7296         """IsRunning(self) -> bool"""
7297         return _core_.EventLoop_IsRunning(*args, **kwargs)
7298
7299     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7300         """GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7301         return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7302
7303     GetActive = staticmethod(GetActive)
7304     def SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7305         """SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7306         return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7307
7308     SetActive = staticmethod(SetActive)
7309 EventLoop_swigregister = _core_.EventLoop_swigregister
7310 EventLoop_swigregister(EventLoop)
7311
7312 def EventLoop_GetActive(*args):
7313   """EventLoop_GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7314   return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args)
7315
7316 def EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7317   """EventLoop_SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7318   return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7319
7320 class EventLoopActivator(object):
7321     """Proxy of C++ EventLoopActivator class"""
7322     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7323     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7324     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7325         """__init__(self, EventLoop evtLoop) -> EventLoopActivator"""
7326         _core_.EventLoopActivator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoopActivator(*args, **kwargs))
7327     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoopActivator
7328     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7329 EventLoopActivator_swigregister = _core_.EventLoopActivator_swigregister
7330 EventLoopActivator_swigregister(EventLoopActivator)
7331
7332 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7333
7334 class AcceleratorEntry(object):
7335     """
7336     A class used to define items in an `wx.AcceleratorTable`.  wxPython
7337     programs can choose to use wx.AcceleratorEntry objects, but using a
7338     list of 3-tuple of integers (flags, keyCode, cmdID) usually works just
7339     as well.  See `__init__` for  of the tuple values.
7340
7341     :see: `wx.AcceleratorTable`
7342     """
7343     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7344     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7345     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7346         """
7347         __init__(self, int flags=0, int keyCode=0, int cmdID=0) -> AcceleratorEntry
7348
7349         Construct a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7350         """
7351         _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorEntry(*args, **kwargs))
7352     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorEntry
7353     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7354     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
7355         """
7356         Set(self, int flags, int keyCode, int cmd)
7357
7358         (Re)set the attributes of a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7359         :see `__init__`
7360         """
7361         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Set(*args, **kwargs)
7362
7363     def GetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
7364         """
7365         GetFlags(self) -> int
7366
7367         Get the AcceleratorEntry's flags.
7368         """
7369         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
7370
7371     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
7372         """
7373         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
7374
7375         Get the AcceleratorEntry's keycode.
7376         """
7377         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
7378
7379     def GetCommand(*args, **kwargs):
7380         """
7381         GetCommand(self) -> int
7382
7383         Get the AcceleratorEntry's command ID.
7384         """
7385         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetCommand(*args, **kwargs)
7386
7387 AcceleratorEntry_swigregister = _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swigregister
7388 AcceleratorEntry_swigregister(AcceleratorEntry)
7389
7390 class AcceleratorTable(Object):
7391     """
7392     An accelerator table allows the application to specify a table of
7393     keyboard shortcuts for menus or other commands. On Windows, menu or
7394     button commands are supported; on GTK, only menu commands are
7395     supported.
7396     """
7397     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7398     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7399     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7400         """
7401         __init__(entries) -> AcceleratorTable
7402
7403         Construct an AcceleratorTable from a list of `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7404         items or or of 3-tuples (flags, keyCode, cmdID)
7405
7406         :see: `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7407         """
7408         _core_.AcceleratorTable_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs))
7409     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorTable
7410     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7411     def Ok(*args, **kwargs):
7412         """Ok(self) -> bool"""
7413         return _core_.AcceleratorTable_Ok(*args, **kwargs)
7414
7415 AcceleratorTable_swigregister = _core_.AcceleratorTable_swigregister
7416 AcceleratorTable_swigregister(AcceleratorTable)
7417
7418
7419 def GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs):
7420   """GetAccelFromString(String label) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
7421   return _core_.GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs)
7422 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7423
7424 class VisualAttributes(object):
7425     """struct containing all the visual attributes of a control"""
7426     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7427     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7428     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7429         """
7430         __init__(self) -> VisualAttributes
7431
7432         struct containing all the visual attributes of a control
7433         """
7434         _core_.VisualAttributes_swiginit(self,_core_.new_VisualAttributes(*args, **kwargs))
7435     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_VisualAttributes
7436     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7437     font = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_font_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_font_set)
7438     colFg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_set)
7439     colBg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_set)
7440 VisualAttributes_swigregister = _core_.VisualAttributes_swigregister
7441 VisualAttributes_swigregister(VisualAttributes)
7442 NullAcceleratorTable = cvar.NullAcceleratorTable
7443 PanelNameStr = cvar.PanelNameStr
7444
7445 WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL
7446 WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL
7447 WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI
7448 WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE
7449 WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX
7450 class Window(EvtHandler):
7451     """
7452     wx.Window is the base class for all windows and represents any visible
7453     object on the screen. All controls, top level windows and so on are
7454     wx.Windows. Sizers and device contexts are not however, as they don't
7455     appear on screen themselves.
7456
7457     """
7458     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7459     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7460     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7461         """
7462         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
7463             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> Window
7464
7465         Construct and show a generic Window.
7466         """
7467         _core_.Window_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Window(*args, **kwargs))
7468         self._setOORInfo(self)
7469
7470     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
7471         """
7472         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
7473             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> bool
7474
7475         Create the GUI part of the Window for 2-phase creation mode.
7476         """
7477         return _core_.Window_Create(*args, **kwargs)
7478
7479     def Close(*args, **kwargs):
7480         """
7481         Close(self, bool force=False) -> bool
7482
7483         This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually
7484         tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,
7485         however.  If force is False (the default) then the window's close
7486         handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.
7487         """
7488         return _core_.Window_Close(*args, **kwargs)
7489
7490     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
7491         """
7492         Destroy(self) -> bool
7493
7494         Destroys the window safely.  Frames and dialogs are not destroyed
7495         immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list
7496         of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events
7497         have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to
7498         non-existent windows.
7499
7500         Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it
7501         has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion.
7502         """
7503         val = _core_.Window_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
7504         args[0].thisown = 0
7505         return val
7506
7507     def DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs):
7508         """
7509         DestroyChildren(self) -> bool
7510
7511         Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the
7512         destructor.
7513         """
7514         return _core_.Window_DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs)
7515
7516     def IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs):
7517         """
7518         IsBeingDeleted(self) -> bool
7519
7520         Is the window in the process of being deleted?
7521         """
7522         return _core_.Window_IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs)
7523
7524     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
7525         """
7526         SetLabel(self, String label)
7527
7528         Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable.
7529         """
7530         return _core_.Window_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
7531
7532     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
7533         """
7534         GetLabel(self) -> String
7535
7536         Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification
7537         purposes.  The interpretation of this function differs from class to
7538         class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For
7539         buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function
7540         can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs
7541         access programs)which need to identify windows by name.
7542         """
7543         return _core_.Window_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
7544
7545     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
7546         """
7547         SetName(self, String name)
7548
7549         Sets the window's name.  The window name is used for ressource setting
7550         in X, it is not the same as the window title/label
7551         """
7552         return _core_.Window_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
7553
7554     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
7555         """
7556         GetName(self) -> String
7557
7558         Returns the windows name.  This name is not guaranteed to be unique;
7559         it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window
7560         constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.
7561         """
7562         return _core_.Window_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
7563
7564     def SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
7565         """
7566         SetWindowVariant(self, int variant)
7567
7568         Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if
7569         the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.
7570         """
7571         return _core_.Window_SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
7572
7573     def GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
7574         """GetWindowVariant(self) -> int"""
7575         return _core_.Window_GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
7576
7577     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
7578         """
7579         SetId(self, int winid)
7580
7581         Sets the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
7582         identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier
7583         will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on
7584         creation and should not be modified subsequently.
7585         """
7586         return _core_.Window_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
7587
7588     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
7589         """
7590         GetId(self) -> int
7591
7592         Returns the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
7593         identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id
7594         -1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be
7595         generated.
7596         """
7597         return _core_.Window_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
7598
7599     def NewControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7600         """
7601         NewControlId() -> int
7602
7603         Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
7604         """
7605         return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7606
7607     NewControlId = staticmethod(NewControlId)
7608     def NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7609         """
7610         NextControlId(int winid) -> int
7611
7612         Get the id of the control following the one with the given
7613         autogenerated) id
7614         """
7615         return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7616
7617     NextControlId = staticmethod(NextControlId)
7618     def PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7619         """
7620         PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
7621
7622         Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
7623         autogenerated) id
7624         """
7625         return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7626
7627     PrevControlId = staticmethod(PrevControlId)
7628     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
7629         """
7630         SetSize(self, Size size)
7631
7632         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
7633         """
7634         return _core_.Window_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
7635
7636     def SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs):
7637         """
7638         SetDimensions(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
7639
7640         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels.  The sizeFlags
7641         parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are
7642         equal to -1.
7643
7644             ========================  ======================================
7645             wx.SIZE_AUTO              A -1 indicates that a class-specific
7646                                       default should be used.
7647             wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING      Axisting dimensions should be used if
7648                                       -1 values are supplied.
7649             wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE    Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be
7650                                       interpreted as real dimensions, not
7651                                       default values.
7652             ========================  ======================================
7653
7654         """
7655         return _core_.Window_SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs)
7656
7657     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
7658         """
7659         SetRect(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
7660
7661         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.
7662         """
7663         return _core_.Window_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
7664
7665     def SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
7666         """
7667         SetSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
7668
7669         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
7670         """
7671         return _core_.Window_SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
7672
7673     def Move(*args, **kwargs):
7674         """
7675         Move(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
7676
7677         Moves the window to the given position.
7678         """
7679         return _core_.Window_Move(*args, **kwargs)
7680
7681     SetPosition = Move
7682     def MoveXY(*args, **kwargs):
7683         """
7684         MoveXY(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
7685
7686         Moves the window to the given position.
7687         """
7688         return _core_.Window_MoveXY(*args, **kwargs)
7689
7690     def SetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs):
7691         """
7692         SetBestFittingSize(self, Size size=DefaultSize)
7693
7694         A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the
7695         window's *best size* values.  Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.
7696         """
7697         return _core_.Window_SetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs)
7698
7699     def Raise(*args, **kwargs):
7700         """
7701         Raise(self)
7702
7703         Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy.  In current
7704         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.
7705         """
7706         return _core_.Window_Raise(*args, **kwargs)
7707
7708     def Lower(*args, **kwargs):
7709         """
7710         Lower(self)
7711
7712         Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy.  In current
7713         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.
7714         """
7715         return _core_.Window_Lower(*args, **kwargs)
7716
7717     def SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
7718         """
7719         SetClientSize(self, Size size)
7720
7721         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7722         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7723         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7724         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7725         around panel items, for example.
7726         """
7727         return _core_.Window_SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
7728
7729     def SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
7730         """
7731         SetClientSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
7732
7733         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7734         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7735         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7736         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7737         around panel items, for example.
7738         """
7739         return _core_.Window_SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
7740
7741     def SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
7742         """
7743         SetClientRect(self, Rect rect)
7744
7745         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7746         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7747         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7748         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7749         around panel items, for example.
7750         """
7751         return _core_.Window_SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
7752
7753     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
7754         """
7755         GetPosition(self) -> Point
7756
7757         Get the window's position.
7758         """
7759         return _core_.Window_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
7760
7761     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7762         """
7763         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
7764
7765         Get the window's position.
7766         """
7767         return _core_.Window_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7768
7769     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
7770         """
7771         GetSize(self) -> Size
7772
7773         Get the window size.
7774         """
7775         return _core_.Window_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
7776
7777     def GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7778         """
7779         GetSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
7780
7781         Get the window size.
7782         """
7783         return _core_.Window_GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7784
7785     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
7786         """
7787         GetRect(self) -> Rect
7788
7789         Returns the size and position of the window as a wx.Rect object.
7790         """
7791         return _core_.Window_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
7792
7793     def GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
7794         """
7795         GetClientSize(self) -> Size
7796
7797         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
7798         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
7799         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
7800         """
7801         return _core_.Window_GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
7802
7803     def GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7804         """
7805         GetClientSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
7806
7807         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
7808         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
7809         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
7810         """
7811         return _core_.Window_GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7812
7813     def GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs):
7814         """
7815         GetClientAreaOrigin(self) -> Point
7816
7817         Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the
7818         window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of
7819         the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)
7820         """
7821         return _core_.Window_GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs)
7822
7823     def GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
7824         """
7825         GetClientRect(self) -> Rect
7826
7827         Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.
7828         """
7829         return _core_.Window_GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
7830
7831     def GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7832         """
7833         GetBestSize(self) -> Size
7834
7835         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
7836         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
7837         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
7838         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
7839         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
7840         after calling Fit.
7841         """
7842         return _core_.Window_GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7843
7844     def GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7845         """
7846         GetBestSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
7847
7848         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
7849         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
7850         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
7851         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
7852         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
7853         after calling Fit.
7854         """
7855         return _core_.Window_GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7856
7857     def InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7858         """
7859         InvalidateBestSize(self)
7860
7861         Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next
7862         time it is needed.
7863         """
7864         return _core_.Window_InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7865
7866     def CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7867         """
7868         CacheBestSize(self, Size size)
7869
7870         Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until
7871         some properties of the window change.)
7872         """
7873         return _core_.Window_CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7874
7875     def GetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs):
7876         """
7877         GetBestFittingSize(self) -> Size
7878
7879         This function will merge the window's best size into the window's
7880         minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns
7881         the results.
7882
7883         """
7884         return _core_.Window_GetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs)
7885
7886     def GetAdjustedBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7887         """
7888         GetAdjustedBestSize(self) -> Size
7889
7890         This method is similar to GetBestSize, except in one
7891         thing. GetBestSize should return the minimum untruncated size of the
7892         window, while this method will return the largest of BestSize and any
7893         user specified minimum size. ie. it is the minimum size the window
7894         should currently be drawn at, not the minimal size it can possibly
7895         tolerate.
7896         """
7897         return _core_.Window_GetAdjustedBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7898
7899     def Center(*args, **kwargs):
7900         """
7901         Center(self, int direction=BOTH)
7902
7903         Centers the window.  The parameter specifies the direction for
7904         cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may
7905         also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window
7906         on the entire screen and not on its parent window.  If it is a
7907         top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered
7908         relative to the screen.
7909         """
7910         return _core_.Window_Center(*args, **kwargs)
7911
7912     Centre = Center
7913     def CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs):
7914         """
7915         CenterOnParent(self, int dir=BOTH)
7916
7917         Center with respect to the the parent window
7918         """
7919         return _core_.Window_CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs)
7920
7921     CentreOnParent = CenterOnParent
7922     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
7923         """
7924         Fit(self)
7925
7926         Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function
7927         won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work
7928         correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the
7929         window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result
7930         is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of
7931         its calculations) to call window.SetClientSize(child.GetSize())
7932         instead of calling Fit.
7933         """
7934         return _core_.Window_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
7935
7936     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
7937         """
7938         FitInside(self)
7939
7940         Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a
7941         window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after
7942         sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled
7943         windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do
7944         anything if there are no subwindows.
7945         """
7946         return _core_.Window_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
7947
7948     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
7949         """
7950         SetSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1,
7951             int incH=-1)
7952
7953         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
7954         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
7955         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
7956         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
7957         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
7958         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
7959
7960         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
7961         """
7962         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
7963
7964     def SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
7965         """
7966         SetSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)
7967
7968         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
7969         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
7970         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
7971         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
7972         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
7973         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
7974
7975         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
7976         """
7977         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
7978
7979     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
7980         """
7981         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)
7982
7983         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
7984         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
7985         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
7986         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
7987         """
7988         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
7989
7990     def SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
7991         """
7992         SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)
7993
7994         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
7995         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
7996         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
7997         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
7998         """
7999         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
8000
8001     def GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8002         """GetMaxSize(self) -> Size"""
8003         return _core_.Window_GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8004
8005     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8006         """GetMinSize(self) -> Size"""
8007         return _core_.Window_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8008
8009     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8010         """
8011         SetMinSize(self, Size minSize)
8012
8013         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8014         min size.
8015         """
8016         return _core_.Window_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8017
8018     def SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8019         """
8020         SetMaxSize(self, Size maxSize)
8021
8022         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8023         max size.
8024         """
8025         return _core_.Window_SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8026
8027     def GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8028         """GetMinWidth(self) -> int"""
8029         return _core_.Window_GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8030
8031     def GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8032         """GetMinHeight(self) -> int"""
8033         return _core_.Window_GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8034
8035     def GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8036         """GetMaxWidth(self) -> int"""
8037         return _core_.Window_GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8038
8039     def GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8040         """GetMaxHeight(self) -> int"""
8041         return _core_.Window_GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8042
8043     def SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8044         """
8045         SetVirtualSize(self, Size size)
8046
8047         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8048         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8049         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8050         """
8051         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8052
8053     def SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8054         """
8055         SetVirtualSizeWH(self, int w, int h)
8056
8057         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8058         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8059         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8060         """
8061         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8062
8063     def GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8064         """
8065         GetVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8066
8067         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8068         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8069         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8070         """
8071         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8072
8073     def GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8074         """
8075         GetVirtualSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8076
8077         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8078         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8079         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8080         """
8081         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8082
8083     def GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8084         """
8085         GetBestVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8086
8087         Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a
8088         sizer, interior children, or other means)
8089         """
8090         return _core_.Window_GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8091
8092     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
8093         """
8094         Show(self, bool show=True) -> bool
8095
8096         Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level
8097         window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if
8098         Show is called immediately after the frame creation.  Returns True if
8099         the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done
8100         because it already was in the requested state.
8101         """
8102         return _core_.Window_Show(*args, **kwargs)
8103
8104     def Hide(*args, **kwargs):
8105         """
8106         Hide(self) -> bool
8107
8108         Equivalent to calling Show(False).
8109         """
8110         return _core_.Window_Hide(*args, **kwargs)
8111
8112     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
8113         """
8114         Enable(self, bool enable=True) -> bool
8115
8116         Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent
8117         window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they
8118         are reenabled again when the parent is.  Returns true if the window
8119         has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the
8120         window had already been in the specified state.
8121         """
8122         return _core_.Window_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
8123
8124     def Disable(*args, **kwargs):
8125         """
8126         Disable(self) -> bool
8127
8128         Disables the window, same as Enable(false).
8129         """
8130         return _core_.Window_Disable(*args, **kwargs)
8131
8132     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
8133         """
8134         IsShown(self) -> bool
8135
8136         Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.
8137         """
8138         return _core_.Window_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
8139
8140     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8141         """
8142         IsEnabled(self) -> bool
8143
8144         Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.
8145         """
8146         return _core_.Window_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8147
8148     def SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8149         """
8150         SetWindowStyleFlag(self, long style)
8151
8152         Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be
8153         changed after the window creation and that Refresh() might need to be
8154         called after changing the others for the change to take place
8155         immediately.
8156         """
8157         return _core_.Window_SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8158
8159     def GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8160         """
8161         GetWindowStyleFlag(self) -> long
8162
8163         Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create
8164         method.
8165         """
8166         return _core_.Window_GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8167
8168     SetWindowStyle = SetWindowStyleFlag; GetWindowStyle = GetWindowStyleFlag
8169     def HasFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8170         """
8171         HasFlag(self, int flag) -> bool
8172
8173         Test if the given style is set for this window.
8174         """
8175         return _core_.Window_HasFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8176
8177     def IsRetained(*args, **kwargs):
8178         """
8179         IsRetained(self) -> bool
8180
8181         Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise.  Retained
8182         windows are only available on X platforms.
8183         """
8184         return _core_.Window_IsRetained(*args, **kwargs)
8185
8186     def SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8187         """
8188         SetExtraStyle(self, long exStyle)
8189
8190         Sets the extra style bits for the window.  Extra styles are the less
8191         often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with
8192         SetWindowStyleFlag()
8193         """
8194         return _core_.Window_SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8195
8196     def GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8197         """
8198         GetExtraStyle(self) -> long
8199
8200         Returns the extra style bits for the window.
8201         """
8202         return _core_.Window_GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8203
8204     def MakeModal(*args, **kwargs):
8205         """
8206         MakeModal(self, bool modal=True)
8207
8208         Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can
8209         only interact with this window.  Passing False will reverse this
8210         effect.
8211         """
8212         return _core_.Window_MakeModal(*args, **kwargs)
8213
8214     def SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8215         """
8216         SetThemeEnabled(self, bool enableTheme)
8217
8218         This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"
8219          code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background
8220          drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support
8221          the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is
8222          GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a
8223          user's selected theme.
8224
8225         Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true
8226         by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.
8227         """
8228         return _core_.Window_SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8229
8230     def GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8231         """
8232         GetThemeEnabled(self) -> bool
8233
8234         Return the themeEnabled flag.
8235         """
8236         return _core_.Window_GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8237
8238     def SetFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8239         """
8240         SetFocus(self)
8241
8242         Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input.
8243         """
8244         return _core_.Window_SetFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8245
8246     def SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs):
8247         """
8248         SetFocusFromKbd(self)
8249
8250         Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action.  Normally
8251         only called internally.
8252         """
8253         return _core_.Window_SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs)
8254
8255     def FindFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8256         """
8257         FindFocus() -> Window
8258
8259         Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
8260         or None.
8261         """
8262         return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8263
8264     FindFocus = staticmethod(FindFocus)
8265     def AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8266         """
8267         AcceptsFocus(self) -> bool
8268
8269         Can this window have focus?
8270         """
8271         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8272
8273     def AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs):
8274         """
8275         AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(self) -> bool
8276
8277         Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the
8278         only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click
8279         it.
8280         """
8281         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs)
8282
8283     def GetDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs):
8284         """
8285         GetDefaultItem(self) -> Window
8286
8287         Get the default child of this parent, i.e. the one which is activated
8288         by pressing <Enter> such as the OK button on a wx.Dialog.
8289         """
8290         return _core_.Window_GetDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs)
8291
8292     def SetDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs):
8293         """
8294         SetDefaultItem(self, Window child) -> Window
8295
8296         Set this child as default, return the old default.
8297         """
8298         return _core_.Window_SetDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs)
8299
8300     def SetTmpDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs):
8301         """
8302         SetTmpDefaultItem(self, Window win)
8303
8304         Set this child as temporary default
8305         """
8306         return _core_.Window_SetTmpDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs)
8307
8308     def Navigate(*args, **kwargs):
8309         """
8310         Navigate(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool
8311
8312         Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a
8313         `wx.NavigationKeyEvent`.
8314         """
8315         return _core_.Window_Navigate(*args, **kwargs)
8316
8317     def MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
8318         """
8319         MoveAfterInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8320
8321         Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified
8322         sibling window.  This means that when the user presses the TAB key on
8323         that other window, the focus switches to this window.
8324
8325         The default tab order is the same as creation order.  This function
8326         and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the
8327         windows.
8328
8329         """
8330         return _core_.Window_MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
8331
8332     def MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
8333         """
8334         MoveBeforeInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8335
8336         Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just
8337         before win instead of putting it right after it.
8338         """
8339         return _core_.Window_MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
8340
8341     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
8342         """
8343         GetChildren(self) -> PyObject
8344
8345         Returns a list of the window's children.  NOTE: Currently this is a
8346         copy of the child window list maintained by the window, so the return
8347         value of this function is only valid as long as the window's children
8348         do not change.
8349         """
8350         return _core_.Window_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
8351
8352     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
8353         """
8354         GetParent(self) -> Window
8355
8356         Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.
8357         """
8358         return _core_.Window_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
8359
8360     def GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs):
8361         """
8362         GetGrandParent(self) -> Window
8363
8364         Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there
8365         isn't one.
8366         """
8367         return _core_.Window_GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs)
8368
8369     def IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs):
8370         """
8371         IsTopLevel(self) -> bool
8372
8373         Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all
8374         frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even
8375         if they have a parent window).
8376         """
8377         return _core_.Window_IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs)
8378
8379     def Reparent(*args, **kwargs):
8380         """
8381         Reparent(self, Window newParent) -> bool
8382
8383         Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current
8384         parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then
8385         re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK.  Returns True
8386         if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==
8387         oldParent)
8388         """
8389         return _core_.Window_Reparent(*args, **kwargs)
8390
8391     def AddChild(*args, **kwargs):
8392         """
8393         AddChild(self, Window child)
8394
8395         Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation
8396         functions so should not be required by the application programmer.
8397         """
8398         return _core_.Window_AddChild(*args, **kwargs)
8399
8400     def RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs):
8401         """
8402         RemoveChild(self, Window child)
8403
8404         Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window
8405         deletion functions so should not be required by the application
8406         programmer.
8407         """
8408         return _core_.Window_RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs)
8409
8410     def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
8411         """
8412         FindWindowById(self, long winid) -> Window
8413
8414         Find a chld of this window by window ID
8415         """
8416         return _core_.Window_FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
8417
8418     def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
8419         """
8420         FindWindowByName(self, String name) -> Window
8421
8422         Find a child of this window by name
8423         """
8424         return _core_.Window_FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
8425
8426     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8427         """
8428         GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler
8429
8430         Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is
8431         its own event handler.
8432         """
8433         return _core_.Window_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8434
8435     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8436         """
8437         SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
8438
8439         Sets the event handler for this window.  An event handler is an object
8440         that is capable of processing the events sent to a window. By default,
8441         the window is its own event handler, but an application may wish to
8442         substitute another, for example to allow central implementation of
8443         event-handling for a variety of different window classes.
8444
8445         It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets
8446         up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event
8447         handler is handed to the next one in the chain.
8448         """
8449         return _core_.Window_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8450
8451     def PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8452         """
8453         PushEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
8454
8455         Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.
8456         An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events
8457         sent to a window. By default, the window is its own event handler, but
8458         an application may wish to substitute another, for example to allow
8459         central implementation of event-handling for a variety of different
8460         window classes.
8461
8462         wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of
8463         event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is
8464         handed to the next one in the chain. Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler` to
8465         remove the event handler.
8466         """
8467         return _core_.Window_PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8468
8469     def PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8470         """
8471         PopEventHandler(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler
8472
8473         Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler
8474         stack.  If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be
8475         destroyed after it is popped.
8476         """
8477         return _core_.Window_PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8478
8479     def RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8480         """
8481         RemoveEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool
8482
8483         Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not
8484         delete) it from the event handler chain, return True if it was found
8485         and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this
8486         function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be
8487         there.)
8488         """
8489         return _core_.Window_RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8490
8491     def SetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
8492         """
8493         SetValidator(self, Validator validator)
8494
8495         Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,
8496         having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this
8497         type.
8498         """
8499         return _core_.Window_SetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
8500
8501     def GetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
8502         """
8503         GetValidator(self) -> Validator
8504
8505         Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if
8506         there is none.
8507         """
8508         return _core_.Window_GetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
8509
8510     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
8511         """
8512         Validate(self) -> bool
8513
8514         Validates the current values of the child controls using their
8515         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
8516         style flag set, the method will also call Validate() of all child
8517         windows.  Returns false if any of the validations failed.
8518         """
8519         return _core_.Window_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
8520
8521     def TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
8522         """
8523         TransferDataToWindow(self) -> bool
8524
8525         Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their
8526         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
8527         style flag set, the method will also call TransferDataToWindow() of
8528         all child windows.
8529         """
8530         return _core_.Window_TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
8531
8532     def TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
8533         """
8534         TransferDataFromWindow(self) -> bool
8535
8536         Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their
8537         validators. Returns false if a transfer failed.  If the window has
8538         wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will
8539         also call TransferDataFromWindow() of all child windows.
8540         """
8541         return _core_.Window_TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
8542
8543     def InitDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8544         """
8545         InitDialog(self)
8546
8547         Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data
8548         to the dialog via validators.
8549         """
8550         return _core_.Window_InitDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8551
8552     def SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
8553         """
8554         SetAcceleratorTable(self, AcceleratorTable accel)
8555
8556         Sets the accelerator table for this window.
8557         """
8558         return _core_.Window_SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
8559
8560     def GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
8561         """
8562         GetAcceleratorTable(self) -> AcceleratorTable
8563
8564         Gets the accelerator table for this window.
8565         """
8566         return _core_.Window_GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
8567
8568     def RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
8569         """
8570         RegisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool
8571
8572         Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey
8573         registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will
8574         receive the event even if the application is in the background and
8575         does not have the input focus because the user is working with some
8576         other application.  To bind an event handler function to this hotkey
8577         use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId.  Returns True if the
8578         hotkey was registered successfully.
8579         """
8580         return _core_.Window_RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
8581
8582     def UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
8583         """
8584         UnregisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool
8585
8586         Unregisters a system wide hotkey.
8587         """
8588         return _core_.Window_UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
8589
8590     def ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
8591         """
8592         ConvertDialogPointToPixels(self, Point pt) -> Point
8593
8594         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8595         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8596         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8597         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8598         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8599         then divided by 8.
8600         """
8601         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
8602
8603     def ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
8604         """
8605         ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(self, Size sz) -> Size
8606
8607         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8608         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8609         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8610         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8611         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8612         then divided by 8.
8613         """
8614         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
8615
8616     def DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs):
8617         """
8618         DLG_PNT(self, Point pt) -> Point
8619
8620         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8621         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8622         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8623         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8624         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8625         then divided by 8.
8626         """
8627         return _core_.Window_DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs)
8628
8629     def DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs):
8630         """
8631         DLG_SZE(self, Size sz) -> Size
8632
8633         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8634         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8635         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8636         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8637         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8638         then divided by 8.
8639         """
8640         return _core_.Window_DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs)
8641
8642     def ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8643         """ConvertPixelPointToDialog(self, Point pt) -> Point"""
8644         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8645
8646     def ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8647         """ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(self, Size sz) -> Size"""
8648         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8649
8650     def WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs):
8651         """
8652         WarpPointer(self, int x, int y)
8653
8654         Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.
8655
8656         NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human
8657         Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.
8658         """
8659         return _core_.Window_WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs)
8660
8661     def CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs):
8662         """
8663         CaptureMouse(self)
8664
8665         Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to
8666         release the capture.
8667
8668         Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the
8669         mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window
8670         which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if
8671         there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must
8672         release the mouse as many times as you capture it.
8673         """
8674         return _core_.Window_CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs)
8675
8676     def ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs):
8677         """
8678         ReleaseMouse(self)
8679
8680         Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.
8681         """
8682         return _core_.Window_ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs)
8683
8684     def GetCapture(*args, **kwargs):
8685         """
8686         GetCapture() -> Window
8687
8688         Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
8689         """
8690         return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args, **kwargs)
8691
8692     GetCapture = staticmethod(GetCapture)
8693     def HasCapture(*args, **kwargs):
8694         """
8695         HasCapture(self) -> bool
8696
8697         Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.
8698         """
8699         return _core_.Window_HasCapture(*args, **kwargs)
8700
8701     def Refresh(*args, **kwargs):
8702         """
8703         Refresh(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)
8704
8705         Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it
8706         will be repainted.  Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent
8707         to the window.
8708         """
8709         return _core_.Window_Refresh(*args, **kwargs)
8710
8711     def RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs):
8712         """
8713         RefreshRect(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)
8714
8715         Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will
8716         be repainted.  This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.
8717         """
8718         return _core_.Window_RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs)
8719
8720     def Update(*args, **kwargs):
8721         """
8722         Update(self)
8723
8724         Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the
8725         window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally
8726         this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the
8727         event loop.)  Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and
8728         does nothing if the window has been already repainted.  Use Refresh
8729         first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of
8730         it) unconditionally.
8731         """
8732         return _core_.Window_Update(*args, **kwargs)
8733
8734     def ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs):
8735         """
8736         ClearBackground(self)
8737
8738         Clears the window by filling it with the current background
8739         colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.
8740         """
8741         return _core_.Window_ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs)
8742
8743     def Freeze(*args, **kwargs):
8744         """
8745         Freeze(self)
8746
8747         Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from
8748         taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be
8749         called to reenable window redrawing.  Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be
8750         nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has
8751         been undone.
8752
8753         This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,
8754         it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into
8755         a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor
8756         for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a
8757         mandatory directive.
8758         """
8759         return _core_.Window_Freeze(*args, **kwargs)
8760
8761     def Thaw(*args, **kwargs):
8762         """
8763         Thaw(self)
8764
8765         Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze.  Calls to
8766         Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of
8767         times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.
8768         """
8769         return _core_.Window_Thaw(*args, **kwargs)
8770
8771     def PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs):
8772         """
8773         PrepareDC(self, DC dc)
8774
8775         Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a
8776         scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current
8777         scroll position.
8778         """
8779         return _core_.Window_PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs)
8780
8781     def GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs):
8782         """
8783         GetUpdateRegion(self) -> Region
8784
8785         Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been
8786         damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.
8787         """
8788         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs)
8789
8790     def GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
8791         """
8792         GetUpdateClientRect(self) -> Rect
8793
8794         Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.
8795         """
8796         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
8797
8798     def IsExposed(*args, **kwargs):
8799         """
8800         IsExposed(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool
8801
8802         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8803         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8804         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8805         exposed.
8806         """
8807         return _core_.Window_IsExposed(*args, **kwargs)
8808
8809     def IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs):
8810         """
8811         IsExposedPoint(self, Point pt) -> bool
8812
8813         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8814         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8815         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8816         exposed.
8817         """
8818         return _core_.Window_IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs)
8819
8820     def IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs):
8821         """
8822         IsExposedRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool
8823
8824         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8825         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8826         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8827         exposed.
8828         """
8829         return _core_.Window_IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs)
8830
8831     def GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
8832         """
8833         GetDefaultAttributes(self) -> VisualAttributes
8834
8835         Get the default attributes for an instance of this class.  This is
8836         useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control
8837         as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard
8838         coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of
8839         place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.
8840         """
8841         return _core_.Window_GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
8842
8843     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
8844         """
8845         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
8846
8847         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
8848         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
8849         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
8850         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
8851         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
8852
8853         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
8854         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
8855         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
8856         this.
8857         """
8858         return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
8859
8860     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
8861     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8862         """
8863         SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
8864
8865         Sets the background colour of the window.  Returns True if the colour
8866         was changed.  The background colour is usually painted by the default
8867         EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and
8868         automatically under GTK.  Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window
8869         to the default background colour.
8870
8871         Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate
8872         refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after
8873         calling this function.
8874
8875         Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this
8876         window, if the system supports them.  Use with care since usually the
8877         themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all
8878         applications on the system.
8879         """
8880         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8881
8882     def SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8883         """SetOwnBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
8884         return _core_.Window_SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8885
8886     def SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8887         """
8888         SetForegroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
8889
8890         Sets the foreground colour of the window.  Returns True is the colour
8891         was changed.  The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on
8892         the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may
8893         not be used at all.
8894         """
8895         return _core_.Window_SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8896
8897     def SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8898         """SetOwnForegroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
8899         return _core_.Window_SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8900
8901     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8902         """
8903         GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour
8904
8905         Returns the background colour of the window.
8906         """
8907         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8908
8909     def GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8910         """
8911         GetForegroundColour(self) -> Colour
8912
8913         Returns the foreground colour of the window.  The interpretation of
8914         foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text
8915         colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.
8916         """
8917         return _core_.Window_GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8918
8919     def InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8920         """InheritsBackgroundColour(self) -> bool"""
8921         return _core_.Window_InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8922
8923     def UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs):
8924         """UseBgCol(self) -> bool"""
8925         return _core_.Window_UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs)
8926
8927     def SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8928         """
8929         SetBackgroundStyle(self, int style) -> bool
8930
8931         Returns the background style of the window. The background style
8932         indicates how the background of the window is drawn.
8933
8934             ======================  ========================================
8935             wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM      The background colour or pattern should
8936                                     be determined by the system
8937             wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR      The background should be a solid colour
8938             wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM      The background will be implemented by the
8939                                     application.
8940             ======================  ========================================
8941
8942         On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of
8943         a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has
8944         no effect on other platforms.
8945
8946         :see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`
8947         """
8948         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8949
8950     def GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8951         """
8952         GetBackgroundStyle(self) -> int
8953
8954         Returns the background style of the window.
8955
8956         :see: `SetBackgroundStyle`
8957         """
8958         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8959
8960     def HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs):
8961         """
8962         HasTransparentBackground(self) -> bool
8963
8964         Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for
8965         example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's
8966         background.
8967
8968         This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you
8969         normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override
8970         it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted
8971         correctly.
8972         """
8973         return _core_.Window_HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs)
8974
8975     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
8976         """
8977         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool
8978
8979         Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it
8980         for the children of the window implicitly.
8981
8982         The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will
8983         be reset back to default.
8984         """
8985         return _core_.Window_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
8986
8987     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
8988         """
8989         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
8990
8991         Return the cursor associated with this window.
8992         """
8993         return _core_.Window_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
8994
8995     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
8996         """
8997         SetFont(self, Font font) -> bool
8998
8999         Sets the font for this window.
9000         """
9001         return _core_.Window_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9002
9003     def SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs):
9004         """SetOwnFont(self, Font font)"""
9005         return _core_.Window_SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs)
9006
9007     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9008         """
9009         GetFont(self) -> Font
9010
9011         Returns the default font used for this window.
9012         """
9013         return _core_.Window_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9014
9015     def SetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9016         """
9017         SetCaret(self, Caret caret)
9018
9019         Sets the caret associated with the window.
9020         """
9021         return _core_.Window_SetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9022
9023     def GetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9024         """
9025         GetCaret(self) -> Caret
9026
9027         Returns the caret associated with the window.
9028         """
9029         return _core_.Window_GetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9030
9031     def GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs):
9032         """
9033         GetCharHeight(self) -> int
9034
9035         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9036         """
9037         return _core_.Window_GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs)
9038
9039     def GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs):
9040         """
9041         GetCharWidth(self) -> int
9042
9043         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9044         """
9045         return _core_.Window_GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs)
9046
9047     def GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9048         """
9049         GetTextExtent(String string) -> (width, height)
9050
9051         Get the width and height of the text using the current font.
9052         """
9053         return _core_.Window_GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9054
9055     def GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9056         """
9057         GetFullTextExtent(String string, Font font=None) ->
9058            (width, height, descent, externalLeading)
9059
9060         Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the
9061         current or specified font.
9062         """
9063         return _core_.Window_GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9064
9065     def ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs):
9066         """
9067         ClientToScreenXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9068
9069         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9070         """
9071         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs)
9072
9073     def ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs):
9074         """
9075         ScreenToClientXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9076
9077         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9078         """
9079         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs)
9080
9081     def ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs):
9082         """
9083         ClientToScreen(self, Point pt) -> Point
9084
9085         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9086         """
9087         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs)
9088
9089     def ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs):
9090         """
9091         ScreenToClient(self, Point pt) -> Point
9092
9093         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9094         """
9095         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs)
9096
9097     def HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs):
9098         """
9099         HitTestXY(self, int x, int y) -> int
9100
9101         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9102         """
9103         return _core_.Window_HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs)
9104
9105     def HitTest(*args, **kwargs):
9106         """
9107         HitTest(self, Point pt) -> int
9108
9109         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9110         """
9111         return _core_.Window_HitTest(*args, **kwargs)
9112
9113     def GetBorder(*args):
9114         """
9115         GetBorder(self, long flags) -> int
9116         GetBorder(self) -> int
9117
9118         Get border for the flags of this window
9119         """
9120         return _core_.Window_GetBorder(*args)
9121
9122     def UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs):
9123         """
9124         UpdateWindowUI(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)
9125
9126         This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular
9127         implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.ToolBar will
9128         send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.Frame will
9129         send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this
9130         function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at
9131         a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are
9132         concerned). This may be necessary if you have called
9133         `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to
9134         limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events
9135         in idle time.
9136         """
9137         return _core_.Window_UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs)
9138
9139     def PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs):
9140         """
9141         PopupMenuXY(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool
9142
9143         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9144         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9145         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9146         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9147         mouse cursor will be used.
9148         """
9149         return _core_.Window_PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs)
9150
9151     def PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9152         """
9153         PopupMenu(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool
9154
9155         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9156         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9157         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9158         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9159         mouse cursor will be used.
9160         """
9161         return _core_.Window_PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9162
9163     def GetHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9164         """
9165         GetHandle(self) -> long
9166
9167         Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the
9168         physical window.  Currently on wxMac it returns the handle of the
9169         toplevel parent of the window.
9170         """
9171         return _core_.Window_GetHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9172
9173     def AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9174         """
9175         AssociateHandle(self, long handle)
9176
9177         Associate the window with a new native handle
9178         """
9179         return _core_.Window_AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9180
9181     def DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9182         """
9183         DissociateHandle(self)
9184
9185         Dissociate the current native handle from the window
9186         """
9187         return _core_.Window_DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9188
9189     def HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
9190         """
9191         HasScrollbar(self, int orient) -> bool
9192
9193         Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?
9194         """
9195         return _core_.Window_HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
9196
9197     def SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
9198         """
9199         SetScrollbar(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range,
9200             bool refresh=True)
9201
9202         Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.
9203         """
9204         return _core_.Window_SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
9205
9206     def SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
9207         """
9208         SetScrollPos(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)
9209
9210         Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.
9211         """
9212         return _core_.Window_SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
9213
9214     def GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
9215         """
9216         GetScrollPos(self, int orientation) -> int
9217
9218         Returns the built-in scrollbar position.
9219         """
9220         return _core_.Window_GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
9221
9222     def GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs):
9223         """
9224         GetScrollThumb(self, int orientation) -> int
9225
9226         Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.
9227         """
9228         return _core_.Window_GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs)
9229
9230     def GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs):
9231         """
9232         GetScrollRange(self, int orientation) -> int
9233
9234         Returns the built-in scrollbar range.
9235         """
9236         return _core_.Window_GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs)
9237
9238     def ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9239         """
9240         ScrollWindow(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)
9241
9242         Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows
9243         accordingly.  Use this function to optimise your scrolling
9244         implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that
9245         it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.
9246         """
9247         return _core_.Window_ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9248
9249     def ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs):
9250         """
9251         ScrollLines(self, int lines) -> bool
9252
9253         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9254         the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines
9255         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9256         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9257         """
9258         return _core_.Window_ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs)
9259
9260     def ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs):
9261         """
9262         ScrollPages(self, int pages) -> bool
9263
9264         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9265         the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages
9266         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9267         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9268         """
9269         return _core_.Window_ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs)
9270
9271     def LineUp(*args, **kwargs):
9272         """
9273         LineUp(self) -> bool
9274
9275         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(-1).
9276         """
9277         return _core_.Window_LineUp(*args, **kwargs)
9278
9279     def LineDown(*args, **kwargs):
9280         """
9281         LineDown(self) -> bool
9282
9283         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(1).
9284         """
9285         return _core_.Window_LineDown(*args, **kwargs)
9286
9287     def PageUp(*args, **kwargs):
9288         """
9289         PageUp(self) -> bool
9290
9291         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(-1).
9292         """
9293         return _core_.Window_PageUp(*args, **kwargs)
9294
9295     def PageDown(*args, **kwargs):
9296         """
9297         PageDown(self) -> bool
9298
9299         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(1).
9300         """
9301         return _core_.Window_PageDown(*args, **kwargs)
9302
9303     def SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
9304         """
9305         SetHelpText(self, String text)
9306
9307         Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9308         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9309         wxHelpProvider implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9310         """
9311         return _core_.Window_SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
9312
9313     def SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs):
9314         """
9315         SetHelpTextForId(self, String text)
9316
9317         Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this
9318         one.
9319         """
9320         return _core_.Window_SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs)
9321
9322     def GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
9323         """
9324         GetHelpText(self) -> String
9325
9326         Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9327         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9328         wxHelpProvider implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9329         """
9330         return _core_.Window_GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
9331
9332     def SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs):
9333         """
9334         SetToolTipString(self, String tip)
9335
9336         Attach a tooltip to the window.
9337         """
9338         return _core_.Window_SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs)
9339
9340     def SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
9341         """
9342         SetToolTip(self, ToolTip tip)
9343
9344         Attach a tooltip to the window.
9345         """
9346         return _core_.Window_SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
9347
9348     def GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
9349         """
9350         GetToolTip(self) -> ToolTip
9351
9352         get the associated tooltip or None if none
9353         """
9354         return _core_.Window_GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
9355
9356     def SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
9357         """
9358         SetDropTarget(self, DropTarget dropTarget)
9359
9360         Associates a drop target with this window.  If the window already has
9361         a drop target, it is deleted.
9362         """
9363         return _core_.Window_SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
9364
9365     def GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
9366         """
9367         GetDropTarget(self) -> DropTarget
9368
9369         Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.
9370         """
9371         return _core_.Window_GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
9372
9373     def DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs):
9374         """
9375         DragAcceptFiles(self, bool accept)
9376
9377         Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.
9378         Only functional on Windows.
9379         """
9380         return _core_.Window_DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs)
9381
9382     def SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
9383         """
9384         SetConstraints(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)
9385
9386         Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing
9387         layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be
9388         deleted.  Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current
9389         constraints.
9390
9391         You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints
9392         automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must
9393         handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call Layout() explicitly. When setting
9394         both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have
9395         effect.
9396         """
9397         return _core_.Window_SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
9398
9399     def GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
9400         """
9401         GetConstraints(self) -> LayoutConstraints
9402
9403         Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there
9404         are none.
9405         """
9406         return _core_.Window_GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
9407
9408     def SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
9409         """
9410         SetAutoLayout(self, bool autoLayout)
9411
9412         Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically
9413         when the window is resized.  lease note that this only happens for the
9414         windows usually used to contain children, namely `wx.Panel` and
9415         `wx.TopLevelWindow` (and the classes deriving from them).
9416
9417         This method is called implicitly by `SetSizer` but if you use
9418         `SetConstraints` you should call it manually or otherwise the window
9419         layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.
9420         """
9421         return _core_.Window_SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
9422
9423     def GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
9424         """
9425         GetAutoLayout(self) -> bool
9426
9427         Returns the current autoLayout setting
9428         """
9429         return _core_.Window_GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
9430
9431     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
9432         """
9433         Layout(self) -> bool
9434
9435         Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based
9436         algorithm for this window.  See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,
9437         this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE
9438         handler when the window is resized.
9439         """
9440         return _core_.Window_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
9441
9442     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9443         """
9444         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
9445
9446         Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then
9447         own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing
9448         layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted
9449         if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also
9450         call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is
9451         non-None, and False otherwise.
9452         """
9453         return _core_.Window_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9454
9455     def SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs):
9456         """
9457         SetSizerAndFit(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
9458
9459         The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the
9460         window based on the sizer's minimum size.
9461         """
9462         return _core_.Window_SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs)
9463
9464     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9465         """
9466         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
9467
9468         Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to
9469         SetSizer or None if there isn't one.
9470         """
9471         return _core_.Window_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9472
9473     def SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9474         """
9475         SetContainingSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
9476
9477         This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is
9478         called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so
9479         the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.
9480         """
9481         return _core_.Window_SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9482
9483     def GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9484         """
9485         GetContainingSizer(self) -> Sizer
9486
9487         Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.
9488         """
9489         return _core_.Window_GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9490
9491     def InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9492         """
9493         InheritAttributes(self)
9494
9495         This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called
9496         during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual
9497         attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background
9498         colours.
9499
9500         By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use
9501         their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's
9502         attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not
9503         SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been
9504         explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same
9505         value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides
9506         ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed
9507         no matter what and only the font might.
9508
9509         This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the
9510         different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default
9511         attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as
9512         in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)
9513         than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the
9514         parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change
9515         the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or
9516         colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the
9517         parents attributes.
9518
9519         """
9520         return _core_.Window_InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9521
9522     def ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs):
9523         """
9524         ShouldInheritColours(self) -> bool
9525
9526         Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be
9527         changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them
9528         from the parent window.
9529
9530         The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in
9531         wxControl where it returns true.
9532         """
9533         return _core_.Window_ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs)
9534
9535     def PostCreate(self, pre):
9536         """
9537         Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!>
9538         Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.
9539         """
9540         self.this = pre.this
9541         self.thisown = pre.thisown
9542         pre.thisown = 0
9543         if hasattr(self, '_setOORInfo'):
9544             self._setOORInfo(self)
9545         if hasattr(self, '_setCallbackInfo'):
9546             self._setCallbackInfo(self, self.__class__)
9547
9548     def SendSizeEvent(self):
9549         self.GetEventhandler().ProcessEvent(wx.SizeEvent((-1,-1)))
9550
9551 Window_swigregister = _core_.Window_swigregister
9552 Window_swigregister(Window)
9553
9554 def PreWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9555     """
9556     PreWindow() -> Window
9557
9558     Precreate a Window for 2-phase creation.
9559     """
9560     val = _core_.new_PreWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9561     return val
9562
9563 def Window_NewControlId(*args):
9564   """
9565     Window_NewControlId() -> int
9566
9567     Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
9568     """
9569   return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args)
9570
9571 def Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
9572   """
9573     Window_NextControlId(int winid) -> int
9574
9575     Get the id of the control following the one with the given
9576     autogenerated) id
9577     """
9578   return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
9579
9580 def Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
9581   """
9582     Window_PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
9583
9584     Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
9585     autogenerated) id
9586     """
9587   return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
9588
9589 def Window_FindFocus(*args):
9590   """
9591     Window_FindFocus() -> Window
9592
9593     Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
9594     or None.
9595     """
9596   return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args)
9597
9598 def Window_GetCapture(*args):
9599   """
9600     Window_GetCapture() -> Window
9601
9602     Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
9603     """
9604   return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args)
9605
9606 def Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9607   """
9608     Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
9609
9610     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
9611     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
9612     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
9613     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
9614     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9615
9616     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
9617     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
9618     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
9619     this.
9620     """
9621   return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9622
9623 def DLG_PNT(win, point_or_x, y=None):
9624     """
9625     Convenience function for converting a Point or (x,y) in
9626     dialog units to pixel units.
9627     """
9628     if y is None:
9629         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(point_or_x)
9630     else:
9631         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(wx.Point(point_or_x, y))
9632
9633 def DLG_SZE(win, size_width, height=None):
9634     """
9635     Convenience function for converting a Size or (w,h) in
9636     dialog units to pixel units.
9637     """
9638     if height is None:
9639         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(size_width)
9640     else:
9641         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(wx.Size(size_width, height))
9642
9643
9644 def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
9645   """
9646     FindWindowById(long id, Window parent=None) -> Window
9647
9648     Find the first window in the application with the given id. If parent
9649     is None, the search will start from all top-level frames and dialog
9650     boxes; if non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
9651     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
9652     """
9653   return _core_.FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
9654
9655 def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
9656   """
9657     FindWindowByName(String name, Window parent=None) -> Window
9658
9659     Find a window by its name (as given in a window constructor or Create
9660     function call). If parent is None, the search will start from all
9661     top-level frames and dialog boxes; if non-None, the search will be
9662     limited to the given window hierarchy. The search is recursive in both
9663     cases.
9664
9665     If no window with such name is found, wx.FindWindowByLabel is called.
9666     """
9667   return _core_.FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
9668
9669 def FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs):
9670   """
9671     FindWindowByLabel(String label, Window parent=None) -> Window
9672
9673     Find a window by its label. Depending on the type of window, the label
9674     may be a window title or panel item label. If parent is None, the
9675     search will start from all top-level frames and dialog boxes; if
9676     non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
9677     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
9678     """
9679   return _core_.FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs)
9680
9681 def Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs):
9682   """Window_FromHWND(Window parent, unsigned long _hWnd) -> Window"""
9683   return _core_.Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs)
9684
9685 def GetTopLevelWindows(*args):
9686   """
9687     GetTopLevelWindows() -> PyObject
9688
9689     Returns a list of the the application's top-level windows, (frames,
9690     dialogs, etc.)  NOTE: Currently this is a copy of the list maintained
9691     by wxWidgets, and so it is only valid as long as no top-level windows
9692     are closed or new top-level windows are created.
9693
9694     """
9695   return _core_.GetTopLevelWindows(*args)
9696 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
9697
9698 class Validator(EvtHandler):
9699     """Proxy of C++ Validator class"""
9700     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
9701     __repr__ = _swig_repr
9702     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
9703         """__init__(self) -> Validator"""
9704         _core_.Validator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Validator(*args, **kwargs))
9705         self._setOORInfo(self)
9706
9707     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
9708         """Clone(self) -> Validator"""
9709         return _core_.Validator_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
9710
9711     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
9712         """Validate(self, Window parent) -> bool"""
9713         return _core_.Validator_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
9714
9715     def TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9716         """TransferToWindow(self) -> bool"""
9717         return _core_.Validator_TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9718
9719     def TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9720         """TransferFromWindow(self) -> bool"""
9721         return _core_.Validator_TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9722
9723     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9724         """GetWindow(self) -> Window"""
9725         return _core_.Validator_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9726
9727     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9728         """SetWindow(self, Window window)"""
9729         return _core_.Validator_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9730
9731     def IsSilent(*args, **kwargs):
9732         """IsSilent() -> bool"""
9733         return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args, **kwargs)
9734
9735     IsSilent = staticmethod(IsSilent)
9736     def SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
9737         """SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
9738         return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
9739
9740     SetBellOnError = staticmethod(SetBellOnError)
9741 Validator_swigregister = _core_.Validator_swigregister
9742 Validator_swigregister(Validator)
9743
9744 def Validator_IsSilent(*args):
9745   """Validator_IsSilent() -> bool"""
9746   return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args)
9747
9748 def Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
9749   """Validator_SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
9750   return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
9751
9752 class PyValidator(Validator):
9753     """Proxy of C++ PyValidator class"""
9754     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
9755     __repr__ = _swig_repr
9756     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
9757         """__init__(self) -> PyValidator"""
9758         _core_.PyValidator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyValidator(*args, **kwargs))
9759
9760         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PyValidator, 1)
9761         self._setOORInfo(self)
9762
9763     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
9764         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, int incref=True)"""
9765         return _core_.PyValidator__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
9766
9767 PyValidator_swigregister = _core_.PyValidator_swigregister
9768 PyValidator_swigregister(PyValidator)
9769
9770 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
9771
9772 class Menu(EvtHandler):
9773     """Proxy of C++ Menu class"""
9774     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
9775     __repr__ = _swig_repr
9776     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
9777         """__init__(self, String title=EmptyString, long style=0) -> Menu"""
9778         _core_.Menu_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Menu(*args, **kwargs))
9779         self._setOORInfo(self)
9780
9781     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
9782         """Append(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem"""
9783         return _core_.Menu_Append(*args, **kwargs)
9784
9785     def AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
9786         """AppendSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
9787         return _core_.Menu_AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
9788
9789     def AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
9790         """AppendCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9791         return _core_.Menu_AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
9792
9793     def AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
9794         """AppendRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9795         return _core_.Menu_AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
9796
9797     def AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9798         """AppendMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9799         return _core_.Menu_AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9800
9801     def AppendItem(*args, **kwargs):
9802         """AppendItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9803         return _core_.Menu_AppendItem(*args, **kwargs)
9804
9805     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
9806         """InsertItem(self, size_t pos, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9807         return _core_.Menu_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
9808
9809     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
9810         """PrependItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9811         return _core_.Menu_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
9812
9813     def Break(*args, **kwargs):
9814         """Break(self)"""
9815         return _core_.Menu_Break(*args, **kwargs)
9816
9817     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
9818         """
9819         Insert(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString,
9820             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
9821         """
9822         return _core_.Menu_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
9823
9824     def InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
9825         """InsertSeparator(self, size_t pos) -> MenuItem"""
9826         return _core_.Menu_InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
9827
9828     def InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
9829         """InsertCheckItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9830         return _core_.Menu_InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
9831
9832     def InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
9833         """InsertRadioItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9834         return _core_.Menu_InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
9835
9836     def InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9837         """InsertMenu(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9838         return _core_.Menu_InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9839
9840     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
9841         """Prepend(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem"""
9842         return _core_.Menu_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
9843
9844     def PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
9845         """PrependSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
9846         return _core_.Menu_PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
9847
9848     def PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
9849         """PrependCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9850         return _core_.Menu_PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
9851
9852     def PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
9853         """PrependRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9854         return _core_.Menu_PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
9855
9856     def PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9857         """PrependMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9858         return _core_.Menu_PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9859
9860     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
9861         """Remove(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
9862         return _core_.Menu_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
9863
9864     def RemoveItem(*args, **kwargs):
9865         """RemoveItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9866         return _core_.Menu_RemoveItem(*args, **kwargs)
9867
9868     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
9869         """Delete(self, int id) -> bool"""
9870         return _core_.Menu_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
9871
9872     def DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs):
9873         """DeleteItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool"""
9874         return _core_.Menu_DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs)
9875
9876     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
9877         """
9878         Destroy(self)
9879
9880         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
9881         """
9882         val = _core_.Menu_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
9883         args[0].thisown = 0
9884         return val
9885
9886     def DestroyId(*args, **kwargs):
9887         """
9888         DestroyId(self, int id) -> bool
9889
9890         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
9891         """
9892         val = _core_.Menu_DestroyId(*args, **kwargs)
9893         args[0].thisown = 0
9894         return val
9895
9896     def DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs):
9897         """
9898         DestroyItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool
9899
9900         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
9901         """
9902         val = _core_.Menu_DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs)
9903         args[0].thisown = 0
9904         return val
9905
9906     def GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs):
9907         """GetMenuItemCount(self) -> size_t"""
9908         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs)
9909
9910     def GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs):
9911         """GetMenuItems(self) -> PyObject"""
9912         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs)
9913
9914     def FindItem(*args, **kwargs):
9915         """FindItem(self, String item) -> int"""
9916         return _core_.Menu_FindItem(*args, **kwargs)
9917
9918     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
9919         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
9920         return _core_.Menu_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
9921
9922     def FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs):
9923         """FindItemByPosition(self, size_t position) -> MenuItem"""
9924         return _core_.Menu_FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs)
9925
9926     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
9927         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
9928         return _core_.Menu_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
9929
9930     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
9931         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
9932         return _core_.Menu_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
9933
9934     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
9935         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
9936         return _core_.Menu_Check(*args, **kwargs)
9937
9938     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
9939         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
9940         return _core_.Menu_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
9941
9942     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
9943         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
9944         return _core_.Menu_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
9945
9946     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
9947         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
9948         return _core_.Menu_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
9949
9950     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
9951         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
9952         return _core_.Menu_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
9953
9954     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
9955         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
9956         return _core_.Menu_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
9957
9958     def SetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
9959         """SetTitle(self, String title)"""
9960         return _core_.Menu_SetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
9961
9962     def GetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
9963         """GetTitle(self) -> String"""
9964         return _core_.Menu_GetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
9965
9966     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9967         """SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
9968         return _core_.Menu_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9969
9970     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9971         """GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
9972         return _core_.Menu_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9973
9974     def SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9975         """SetInvokingWindow(self, Window win)"""
9976         return _core_.Menu_SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9977
9978     def GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9979         """GetInvokingWindow(self) -> Window"""
9980         return _core_.Menu_GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9981
9982     def GetStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9983         """GetStyle(self) -> long"""
9984         return _core_.Menu_GetStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9985
9986     def UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs):
9987         """UpdateUI(self, EvtHandler source=None)"""
9988         return _core_.Menu_UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs)
9989
9990     def GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs):
9991         """GetMenuBar(self) -> MenuBar"""
9992         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs)
9993
9994     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
9995         """Attach(self, wxMenuBarBase menubar)"""
9996         return _core_.Menu_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
9997
9998     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
9999         """Detach(self)"""
10000         return _core_.Menu_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
10001
10002     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
10003         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10004         return _core_.Menu_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10005
10006     def SetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10007         """SetParent(self, Menu parent)"""
10008         return _core_.Menu_SetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10009
10010     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10011         """GetParent(self) -> Menu"""
10012         return _core_.Menu_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10013
10014 Menu_swigregister = _core_.Menu_swigregister
10015 Menu_swigregister(Menu)
10016 DefaultValidator = cvar.DefaultValidator
10017
10018 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10019
10020 class MenuBar(Window):
10021     """Proxy of C++ MenuBar class"""
10022     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10023     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10024     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10025         """__init__(self, long style=0) -> MenuBar"""
10026         _core_.MenuBar_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuBar(*args, **kwargs))
10027         self._setOORInfo(self)
10028
10029     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10030         """Append(self, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10031         return _core_.MenuBar_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10032
10033     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10034         """Insert(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10035         return _core_.MenuBar_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10036
10037     def GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs):
10038         """GetMenuCount(self) -> size_t"""
10039         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs)
10040
10041     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10042         """GetMenu(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10043         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10044
10045     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
10046         """Replace(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> Menu"""
10047         return _core_.MenuBar_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
10048
10049     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
10050         """Remove(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10051         return _core_.MenuBar_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
10052
10053     def EnableTop(*args, **kwargs):
10054         """EnableTop(self, size_t pos, bool enable)"""
10055         return _core_.MenuBar_EnableTop(*args, **kwargs)
10056
10057     def IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs):
10058         """IsEnabledTop(self, size_t pos) -> bool"""
10059         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs)
10060
10061     def SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
10062         """SetLabelTop(self, size_t pos, String label)"""
10063         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
10064
10065     def GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
10066         """GetLabelTop(self, size_t pos) -> String"""
10067         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
10068
10069     def FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs):
10070         """FindMenuItem(self, String menu, String item) -> int"""
10071         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs)
10072
10073     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
10074         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10075         return _core_.MenuBar_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
10076
10077     def FindMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10078         """FindMenu(self, String title) -> int"""
10079         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10080
10081     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10082         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
10083         return _core_.MenuBar_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10084
10085     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10086         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
10087         return _core_.MenuBar_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10088
10089     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10090         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
10091         return _core_.MenuBar_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10092
10093     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10094         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
10095         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10096
10097     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10098         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
10099         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10100
10101     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10102         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
10103         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10104
10105     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10106         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
10107         return _core_.MenuBar_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10108
10109     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10110         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
10111         return _core_.MenuBar_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10112
10113     def GetFrame(*args, **kwargs):
10114         """GetFrame(self) -> wxFrame"""
10115         return _core_.MenuBar_GetFrame(*args, **kwargs)
10116
10117     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
10118         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10119         return _core_.MenuBar_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10120
10121     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
10122         """Attach(self, wxFrame frame)"""
10123         return _core_.MenuBar_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
10124
10125     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
10126         """Detach(self)"""
10127         return _core_.MenuBar_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
10128
10129     def SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10130         """SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10131         return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10132
10133     SetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(SetAutoWindowMenu)
10134     def GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10135         """GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10136         return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10137
10138     GetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(GetAutoWindowMenu)
10139 MenuBar_swigregister = _core_.MenuBar_swigregister
10140 MenuBar_swigregister(MenuBar)
10141
10142 def MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10143   """MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10144   return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10145
10146 def MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args):
10147   """MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10148   return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args)
10149
10150 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10151
10152 class MenuItem(Object):
10153     """Proxy of C++ MenuItem class"""
10154     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10155     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10156     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10157         """
10158         __init__(self, Menu parentMenu=None, int id=ID_ANY, String text=EmptyString,
10159             String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL,
10160             Menu subMenu=None) -> MenuItem
10161         """
10162         _core_.MenuItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuItem(*args, **kwargs))
10163     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_MenuItem
10164     __del__ = lambda self : None;
10165     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10166         """GetMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10167         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10168
10169     def SetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10170         """SetMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10171         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10172
10173     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
10174         """SetId(self, int id)"""
10175         return _core_.MenuItem_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
10176
10177     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
10178         """GetId(self) -> int"""
10179         return _core_.MenuItem_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
10180
10181     def IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10182         """IsSeparator(self) -> bool"""
10183         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10184
10185     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
10186         """SetText(self, String str)"""
10187         return _core_.MenuItem_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
10188
10189     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10190         """GetLabel(self) -> String"""
10191         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10192
10193     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
10194         """GetText(self) -> String"""
10195         return _core_.MenuItem_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
10196
10197     def GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
10198         """GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10199         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
10200
10201     GetLabelFromText = staticmethod(GetLabelFromText)
10202     def GetKind(*args, **kwargs):
10203         """GetKind(self) -> int"""
10204         return _core_.MenuItem_GetKind(*args, **kwargs)
10205
10206     def SetKind(*args, **kwargs):
10207         """SetKind(self, int kind)"""
10208         return _core_.MenuItem_SetKind(*args, **kwargs)
10209
10210     def SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
10211         """SetCheckable(self, bool checkable)"""
10212         return _core_.MenuItem_SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
10213
10214     def IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
10215         """IsCheckable(self) -> bool"""
10216         return _core_.MenuItem_IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
10217
10218     def IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10219         """IsSubMenu(self) -> bool"""
10220         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10221
10222     def SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10223         """SetSubMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10224         return _core_.MenuItem_SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10225
10226     def GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10227         """GetSubMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10228         return _core_.MenuItem_GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10229
10230     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10231         """Enable(self, bool enable=True)"""
10232         return _core_.MenuItem_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10233
10234     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10235         """IsEnabled(self) -> bool"""
10236         return _core_.MenuItem_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10237
10238     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10239         """Check(self, bool check=True)"""
10240         return _core_.MenuItem_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10241
10242     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10243         """IsChecked(self) -> bool"""
10244         return _core_.MenuItem_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10245
10246     def Toggle(*args, **kwargs):
10247         """Toggle(self)"""
10248         return _core_.MenuItem_Toggle(*args, **kwargs)
10249
10250     def SetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
10251         """SetHelp(self, String str)"""
10252         return _core_.MenuItem_SetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
10253
10254     def GetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
10255         """GetHelp(self) -> String"""
10256         return _core_.MenuItem_GetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
10257
10258     def GetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
10259         """GetAccel(self) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
10260         return _core_.MenuItem_GetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
10261
10262     def SetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
10263         """SetAccel(self, AcceleratorEntry accel)"""
10264         return _core_.MenuItem_SetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
10265
10266     def SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10267         """SetBitmap(self, Bitmap bitmap)"""
10268         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10269
10270     def GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10271         """GetBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10272         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10273
10274     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
10275         """SetFont(self, Font font)"""
10276         return _core_.MenuItem_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
10277
10278     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
10279         """GetFont(self) -> Font"""
10280         return _core_.MenuItem_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
10281
10282     def SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
10283         """SetTextColour(self, Colour colText)"""
10284         return _core_.MenuItem_SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
10285
10286     def GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
10287         """GetTextColour(self) -> Colour"""
10288         return _core_.MenuItem_GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
10289
10290     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
10291         """SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colBack)"""
10292         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
10293
10294     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
10295         """GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour"""
10296         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
10297
10298     def SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs):
10299         """SetBitmaps(self, Bitmap bmpChecked, Bitmap bmpUnchecked=wxNullBitmap)"""
10300         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs)
10301
10302     def SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10303         """SetDisabledBitmap(self, Bitmap bmpDisabled)"""
10304         return _core_.MenuItem_SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10305
10306     def GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10307         """GetDisabledBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10308         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10309
10310     def SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10311         """SetMarginWidth(self, int nWidth)"""
10312         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10313
10314     def GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10315         """GetMarginWidth(self) -> int"""
10316         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10317
10318     def GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10319         """GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10320         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10321
10322     GetDefaultMarginWidth = staticmethod(GetDefaultMarginWidth)
10323     def IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10324         """IsOwnerDrawn(self) -> bool"""
10325         return _core_.MenuItem_IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10326
10327     def SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10328         """SetOwnerDrawn(self, bool ownerDrawn=True)"""
10329         return _core_.MenuItem_SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10330
10331     def ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10332         """ResetOwnerDrawn(self)"""
10333         return _core_.MenuItem_ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10334
10335 MenuItem_swigregister = _core_.MenuItem_swigregister
10336 MenuItem_swigregister(MenuItem)
10337
10338 def MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
10339   """MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10340   return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
10341
10342 def MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args):
10343   """MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10344   return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args)
10345
10346 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10347
10348 class Control(Window):
10349     """
10350     This is the base class for a control or 'widget'.
10351
10352     A control is generally a small window which processes user input
10353     and/or displays one or more item of data.
10354     """
10355     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10356     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10357     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10358         """
10359         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
10360             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
10361             String name=ControlNameStr) -> Control
10362
10363         Create a Control.  Normally you should only call this from a subclass'
10364         __init__ as a plain old wx.Control is not very useful.
10365         """
10366         _core_.Control_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Control(*args, **kwargs))
10367         self._setOORInfo(self)
10368
10369     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
10370         """
10371         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
10372             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
10373             String name=ControlNameStr) -> bool
10374
10375         Do the 2nd phase and create the GUI control.
10376         """
10377         return _core_.Control_Create(*args, **kwargs)
10378
10379     def Command(*args, **kwargs):
10380         """
10381         Command(self, CommandEvent event)
10382
10383         Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item.
10384
10385         :see: `wx.CommandEvent`
10386
10387         """
10388         return _core_.Control_Command(*args, **kwargs)
10389
10390     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10391         """
10392         GetLabel(self) -> String
10393
10394         Return a control's text.
10395         """
10396         return _core_.Control_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10397
10398     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10399         """
10400         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10401
10402         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10403         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10404         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10405         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10406         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10407
10408         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10409         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10410         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10411         this.
10412         """
10413         return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10414
10415     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
10416 Control_swigregister = _core_.Control_swigregister
10417 Control_swigregister(Control)
10418 ControlNameStr = cvar.ControlNameStr
10419
10420 def PreControl(*args, **kwargs):
10421     """
10422     PreControl() -> Control
10423
10424     Precreate a Control control for 2-phase creation
10425     """
10426     val = _core_.new_PreControl(*args, **kwargs)
10427     return val
10428
10429 def Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10430   """
10431     Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10432
10433     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10434     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10435     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10436     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10437     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10438
10439     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10440     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10441     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10442     this.
10443     """
10444   return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10445
10446 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10447
10448 class ItemContainer(object):
10449     """
10450     The wx.ItemContainer class defines an interface which is implemented
10451     by all controls which have string subitems, each of which may be
10452     selected, such as `wx.ListBox`, `wx.CheckListBox`, `wx.Choice` as well
10453     as `wx.ComboBox` which implements an extended interface deriving from
10454     this one.
10455
10456     It defines the methods for accessing the control's items and although
10457     each of the derived classes implements them differently, they still
10458     all conform to the same interface.
10459
10460     The items in a wx.ItemContainer have (non empty) string labels and,
10461     optionally, client data associated with them.
10462
10463     """
10464     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10465     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
10466     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10467     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10468         """
10469         Append(self, String item, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
10470
10471         Adds the item to the control, associating the given data with the item
10472         if not None.  The return value is the index of the newly added item
10473         which may be different from the last one if the control is sorted (e.g.
10474         has wx.LB_SORT or wx.CB_SORT style).
10475         """
10476         return _core_.ItemContainer_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10477
10478     def AppendItems(*args, **kwargs):
10479         """
10480         AppendItems(self, List strings)
10481
10482         Apend several items at once to the control.  Notice that calling this
10483         method may be much faster than appending the items one by one if you
10484         need to add a lot of items.
10485         """
10486         return _core_.ItemContainer_AppendItems(*args, **kwargs)
10487
10488     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10489         """
10490         Insert(self, String item, int pos, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
10491
10492         Insert an item into the control before the item at the ``pos`` index,
10493         optionally associating some data object with the item.
10494         """
10495         return _core_.ItemContainer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10496
10497     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
10498         """
10499         Clear(self)
10500
10501         Removes all items from the control.
10502         """
10503         return _core_.ItemContainer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
10504
10505     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
10506         """
10507         Delete(self, int n)
10508
10509         Deletes the item at the zero-based index 'n' from the control. Note
10510         that it is an error (signalled by a `wx.PyAssertionError` exception if
10511         enabled) to remove an item with the index negative or greater or equal
10512         than the number of items in the control.
10513         """
10514         return _core_.ItemContainer_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
10515
10516     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
10517         """
10518         GetClientData(self, int n) -> PyObject
10519
10520         Returns the client data associated with the given item, (if any.)
10521         """
10522         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
10523
10524     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
10525         """
10526         SetClientData(self, int n, PyObject clientData)
10527
10528         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
10529         """
10530         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
10531
10532     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
10533         """
10534         GetCount(self) -> int
10535
10536         Returns the number of items in the control.
10537         """
10538         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
10539
10540     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
10541         """
10542         IsEmpty(self) -> bool
10543
10544         Returns True if the control is empty or False if it has some items.
10545         """
10546         return _core_.ItemContainer_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
10547
10548     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
10549         """
10550         GetString(self, int n) -> String
10551
10552         Returns the label of the item with the given index.
10553         """
10554         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
10555
10556     def GetStrings(*args, **kwargs):
10557         """GetStrings(self) -> wxArrayString"""
10558         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStrings(*args, **kwargs)
10559
10560     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
10561         """
10562         SetString(self, int n, String s)
10563
10564         Sets the label for the given item.
10565         """
10566         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
10567
10568     def FindString(*args, **kwargs):
10569         """
10570         FindString(self, String s) -> int
10571
10572         Finds an item whose label matches the given string.  Returns the
10573         zero-based position of the item, or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if the string was not
10574         found.
10575         """
10576         return _core_.ItemContainer_FindString(*args, **kwargs)
10577
10578     def SetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10579         """
10580         SetSelection(self, int n)
10581
10582         Sets the item at index 'n' to be the selected item.
10583         """
10584         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10585
10586     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10587         """
10588         GetSelection(self) -> int
10589
10590         Returns the index of the selected item or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if no item
10591         is selected.
10592         """
10593         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10594
10595     def SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10596         """SetStringSelection(self, String s) -> bool"""
10597         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10598
10599     def GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10600         """
10601         GetStringSelection(self) -> String
10602
10603         Returns the label of the selected item or an empty string if no item
10604         is selected.
10605         """
10606         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10607
10608     def Select(*args, **kwargs):
10609         """
10610         Select(self, int n)
10611
10612         This is the same as `SetSelection` and exists only because it is
10613         slightly more natural for controls which support multiple selection.
10614         """
10615         return _core_.ItemContainer_Select(*args, **kwargs)
10616
10617 ItemContainer_swigregister = _core_.ItemContainer_swigregister
10618 ItemContainer_swigregister(ItemContainer)
10619
10620 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10621
10622 class ControlWithItems(Control,ItemContainer):
10623     """
10624     wx.ControlWithItems combines the ``wx.ItemContainer`` class with the
10625     wx.Control class, and is used for the base class of various controls
10626     that have items.
10627     """
10628     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10629     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
10630     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10631 ControlWithItems_swigregister = _core_.ControlWithItems_swigregister
10632 ControlWithItems_swigregister(ControlWithItems)
10633
10634 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10635
10636 class SizerItem(Object):
10637     """
10638     The wx.SizerItem class is used to track the position, size and other
10639     attributes of each item managed by a `wx.Sizer`. In normal usage user
10640     code should never need to deal directly with a wx.SizerItem, but
10641     custom classes derived from `wx.PySizer` will probably need to use the
10642     collection of wx.SizerItems held by wx.Sizer when calculating layout.
10643
10644     :see: `wx.Sizer`, `wx.GBSizerItem`
10645     """
10646     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10647     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10648     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10649         """
10650         __init__(self) -> SizerItem
10651
10652         Constructs an empty wx.SizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
10653         size will need to be set before this item can be used in a Sizer.
10654
10655         You will probably never need to create a wx.SizerItem directly as they
10656         are created automatically when the sizer's Add, Insert or Prepend
10657         methods are called.
10658
10659         :see: `wx.SizerItemSpacer`, `wx.SizerItemWindow`, `wx.SizerItemSizer`
10660         """
10661         _core_.SizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
10662     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_SizerItem
10663     __del__ = lambda self : None;
10664     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
10665         """
10666         DeleteWindows(self)
10667
10668         Destroy the window or the windows in a subsizer, depending on the type
10669         of item.
10670         """
10671         return _core_.SizerItem_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
10672
10673     def DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10674         """
10675         DetachSizer(self)
10676
10677         Enable deleting the SizerItem without destroying the contained sizer.
10678         """
10679         return _core_.SizerItem_DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10680
10681     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
10682         """
10683         GetSize(self) -> Size
10684
10685         Get the current size of the item, as set in the last Layout.
10686         """
10687         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
10688
10689     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
10690         """
10691         CalcMin(self) -> Size
10692
10693         Calculates the minimum desired size for the item, including any space
10694         needed by borders.
10695         """
10696         return _core_.SizerItem_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
10697
10698     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
10699         """
10700         SetDimension(self, Point pos, Size size)
10701
10702         Set the position and size of the space allocated for this item by the
10703         sizer, and adjust the position and size of the item (window or
10704         subsizer) to be within that space taking alignment and borders into
10705         account.
10706         """
10707         return _core_.SizerItem_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
10708
10709     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
10710         """
10711         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
10712
10713         Get the minimum size needed for the item.
10714         """
10715         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
10716
10717     def GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs):
10718         """
10719         GetMinSizeWithBorder(self) -> Size
10720
10721         Get the minimum size needed for the item with space for the borders
10722         added, if needed.
10723         """
10724         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs)
10725
10726     def SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs):
10727         """SetInitSize(self, int x, int y)"""
10728         return _core_.SizerItem_SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs)
10729
10730     def SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs):
10731         """
10732         SetRatioWH(self, int width, int height)
10733
10734         Set the ratio item attribute.
10735         """
10736         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs)
10737
10738     def SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs):
10739         """
10740         SetRatioSize(self, Size size)
10741
10742         Set the ratio item attribute.
10743         """
10744         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs)
10745
10746     def SetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
10747         """
10748         SetRatio(self, float ratio)
10749
10750         Set the ratio item attribute.
10751         """
10752         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
10753
10754     def GetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
10755         """
10756         GetRatio(self) -> float
10757
10758         Set the ratio item attribute.
10759         """
10760         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
10761
10762     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
10763         """
10764         GetRect(self) -> Rect
10765
10766         Returns the rectangle that the sizer item should occupy
10767         """
10768         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
10769
10770     def IsWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10771         """
10772         IsWindow(self) -> bool
10773
10774         Is this sizer item a window?
10775         """
10776         return _core_.SizerItem_IsWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10777
10778     def IsSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10779         """
10780         IsSizer(self) -> bool
10781
10782         Is this sizer item a subsizer?
10783         """
10784         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10785
10786     def IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10787         """
10788         IsSpacer(self) -> bool
10789
10790         Is this sizer item a spacer?
10791         """
10792         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10793
10794     def SetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
10795         """
10796         SetProportion(self, int proportion)
10797
10798         Set the proportion value for this item.
10799         """
10800         return _core_.SizerItem_SetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
10801
10802     def GetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
10803         """
10804         GetProportion(self) -> int
10805
10806         Get the proportion value for this item.
10807         """
10808         return _core_.SizerItem_GetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
10809
10810     SetOption = wx._deprecated(SetProportion, "Please use `SetProportion` instead.")
10811     GetOption = wx._deprecated(GetProportion, "Please use `GetProportion` instead.")
10812     def SetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
10813         """
10814         SetFlag(self, int flag)
10815
10816         Set the flag value for this item.
10817         """
10818         return _core_.SizerItem_SetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
10819
10820     def GetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
10821         """
10822         GetFlag(self) -> int
10823
10824         Get the flag value for this item.
10825         """
10826         return _core_.SizerItem_GetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
10827
10828     def SetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
10829         """
10830         SetBorder(self, int border)
10831
10832         Set the border value for this item.
10833         """
10834         return _core_.SizerItem_SetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
10835
10836     def GetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
10837         """
10838         GetBorder(self) -> int
10839
10840         Get the border value for this item.
10841         """
10842         return _core_.SizerItem_GetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
10843
10844     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10845         """
10846         GetWindow(self) -> Window
10847
10848         Get the window (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
10849         """
10850         return _core_.SizerItem_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10851
10852     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10853         """
10854         SetWindow(self, Window window)
10855
10856         Set the window to be managed by this sizer item.
10857         """
10858         return _core_.SizerItem_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10859
10860     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10861         """
10862         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
10863
10864         Get the subsizer (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
10865         """
10866         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10867
10868     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10869         """
10870         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
10871
10872         Set the subsizer to be managed by this sizer item.
10873         """
10874         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10875
10876     def GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10877         """
10878         GetSpacer(self) -> Size
10879
10880         Get the size of the spacer managed by this sizer item.
10881         """
10882         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10883
10884     def SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10885         """
10886         SetSpacer(self, Size size)
10887
10888         Set the size of the spacer to be managed by this sizer item.
10889         """
10890         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10891
10892     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
10893         """
10894         Show(self, bool show)
10895
10896         Set the show item attribute, which sizers use to determine if the item
10897         is to be made part of the layout or not. If the item is tracking a
10898         window then it is shown or hidden as needed.
10899         """
10900         return _core_.SizerItem_Show(*args, **kwargs)
10901
10902     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
10903         """
10904         IsShown(self) -> bool
10905
10906         Is the item to be shown in the layout?
10907         """
10908         return _core_.SizerItem_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
10909
10910     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
10911         """
10912         GetPosition(self) -> Point
10913
10914         Returns the current position of the item, as set in the last Layout.
10915         """
10916         return _core_.SizerItem_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
10917
10918     def GetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
10919         """
10920         GetUserData(self) -> PyObject
10921
10922         Returns the userData associated with this sizer item, or None if there
10923         isn't any.
10924         """
10925         return _core_.SizerItem_GetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
10926
10927     def SetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
10928         """
10929         SetUserData(self, PyObject userData)
10930
10931         Associate a Python object with this sizer item.
10932         """
10933         return _core_.SizerItem_SetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
10934
10935 SizerItem_swigregister = _core_.SizerItem_swigregister
10936 SizerItem_swigregister(SizerItem)
10937
10938 def SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10939     """
10940     SizerItemWindow(Window window, int proportion, int flag, int border,
10941         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
10942
10943     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a window.
10944     """
10945     val = _core_.new_SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10946     return val
10947
10948 def SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10949     """
10950     SizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, int proportion, int flag, int border,
10951         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
10952
10953     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a spacer.
10954     """
10955     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10956     return val
10957
10958 def SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10959     """
10960     SizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, int proportion, int flag, int border,
10961         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
10962
10963     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a subsizer
10964     """
10965     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10966     return val
10967
10968 class Sizer(Object):
10969     """
10970     wx.Sizer is the abstract base class used for laying out subwindows in
10971     a window.  You cannot use wx.Sizer directly; instead, you will have to
10972     use one of the sizer classes derived from it such as `wx.BoxSizer`,
10973     `wx.StaticBoxSizer`, `wx.NotebookSizer`, `wx.GridSizer`,  `wx.FlexGridSizer`
10974     and `wx.GridBagSizer`.
10975
10976     The concept implemented by sizers in wxWidgets is closely related to
10977     layout tools in other GUI toolkits, such as Java's AWT, the GTK
10978     toolkit or the Qt toolkit. It is based upon the idea of the individual
10979     subwindows reporting their minimal required size and their ability to
10980     get stretched if the size of the parent window has changed. This will
10981     most often mean that the programmer does not set the original size of
10982     a dialog in the beginning, rather the dialog will assigned a sizer and
10983     this sizer will be queried about the recommended size. The sizer in
10984     turn will query its children, which can be normal windows or contorls,
10985     empty space or other sizers, so that a hierarchy of sizers can be
10986     constructed. Note that wxSizer does not derive from wxWindow and thus
10987     do not interfere with tab ordering and requires very little resources
10988     compared to a real window on screen.
10989
10990     What makes sizers so well fitted for use in wxWidgets is the fact that
10991     every control reports its own minimal size and the algorithm can
10992     handle differences in font sizes or different window (dialog item)
10993     sizes on different platforms without problems. If for example the
10994     standard font as well as the overall design of Mac widgets requires
10995     more space than on Windows, then the initial size of a dialog using a
10996     sizer will automatically be bigger on Mac than on Windows.
10997     """
10998     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10999     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
11000     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11001     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Sizer
11002     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11003     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
11004         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self)"""
11005         return _core_.Sizer__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
11006
11007     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
11008         """
11009         Add(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11010             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11011
11012         Appends a child item to the sizer.
11013         """
11014         return _core_.Sizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
11015
11016     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
11017         """
11018         Insert(self, int before, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11019             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11020
11021         Inserts a new item into the list of items managed by this sizer before
11022         the item at index *before*.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11023         """
11024         return _core_.Sizer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
11025
11026     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
11027         """
11028         Prepend(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11029             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11030
11031         Adds a new item to the begining of the list of sizer items managed by
11032         this sizer.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11033         """
11034         return _core_.Sizer_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
11035
11036     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
11037         """
11038         Remove(self, item) -> bool
11039
11040         Removes an item from the sizer and destroys it.  This method does not
11041         cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to update
11042         the layout on screen after removing a child from the sizer.  The
11043         *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based
11044         index of an item to remove.  Returns True if the child item was found
11045         and removed.
11046         """
11047         return _core_.Sizer_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
11048
11049     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
11050         """
11051         Detach(self, item) -> bool
11052
11053         Detaches an item from the sizer without destroying it.  This method
11054         does not cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to
11055         do so.  The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11056         zero-based index of the item to be detached.  Returns True if the child item
11057         was found and detached.
11058         """
11059         return _core_.Sizer_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
11060
11061     def GetItem(*args, **kwargs):
11062         """
11063         GetItem(self, item) -> wx.SizerItem
11064
11065         Returns the `wx.SizerItem` which holds the *item* given.  The *item*
11066         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11067         the item to be found.
11068         """
11069         return _core_.Sizer_GetItem(*args, **kwargs)
11070
11071     def _SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11072         """_SetItemMinSize(self, PyObject item, Size size)"""
11073         return _core_.Sizer__SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11074
11075     def SetItemMinSize(self, item, *args):
11076         """
11077         SetItemMinSize(self, item, Size size)
11078
11079         Sets the minimum size that will be allocated for an item in the sizer.
11080         The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11081         zero-based index of the item.  If a window or sizer is given then it
11082         will be searched for recursivly in subsizers if neccessary.
11083         """
11084         if len(args) == 2:
11085             # for backward compatibility accept separate width,height args too
11086             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args)
11087         else:
11088             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args[0])
11089
11090     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
11091         """
11092         AddItem(self, SizerItem item)
11093
11094         Adds a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11095         """
11096         return _core_.Sizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
11097
11098     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
11099         """
11100         InsertItem(self, int index, SizerItem item)
11101
11102         Inserts a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer at the position given by *index*.
11103         """
11104         return _core_.Sizer_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
11105
11106     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
11107         """
11108         PrependItem(self, SizerItem item)
11109
11110         Prepends a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11111         """
11112         return _core_.Sizer_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
11113
11114     def AddMany(self, items):
11115         """
11116         AddMany is a convenience method for adding several items
11117         to a sizer at one time.  Simply pass it a list of tuples,
11118         where each tuple consists of the parameters that you
11119         would normally pass to the `Add` method.
11120         """
11121         for item in items:
11122             if type(item) != type(()) or (len(item) == 2 and type(item[0]) == type(1)):
11123                 item = (item, )
11124             self.Add(*item)
11125
11126     # for backwards compatibility only, please do not use in new code
11127     def AddWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11128         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11129         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11130     def AddSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11131         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11132         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11133     def AddSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11134         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11135         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11136
11137     def PrependWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11138         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11139         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11140     def PrependSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11141         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11142         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11143     def PrependSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11144         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11145         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11146
11147     def InsertWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11148         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11149         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11150     def InsertSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11151         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11152         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11153     def InsertSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11154         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11155         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11156
11157     def RemoveWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11158         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11159         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11160     def RemoveSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11161         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11162         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11163     def RemovePos(self, *args, **kw):
11164         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11165         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11166
11167
11168     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
11169         """
11170         SetDimension(self, int x, int y, int width, int height)
11171
11172         Call this to force the sizer to take the given dimension and thus
11173         force the items owned by the sizer to resize themselves according to
11174         the rules defined by the parameter in the `Add`, `Insert` or `Prepend`
11175         methods.
11176         """
11177         return _core_.Sizer_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
11178
11179     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11180         """
11181         SetMinSize(self, Size size)
11182
11183         Call this to give the sizer a minimal size. Normally, the sizer will
11184         calculate its minimal size based purely on how much space its children
11185         need. After calling this method `GetMinSize` will return either the
11186         minimal size as requested by its children or the minimal size set
11187         here, depending on which is bigger.
11188         """
11189         return _core_.Sizer_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11190
11191     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
11192         """
11193         GetSize(self) -> Size
11194
11195         Returns the current size of the space managed by the sizer.
11196         """
11197         return _core_.Sizer_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
11198
11199     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
11200         """
11201         GetPosition(self) -> Point
11202
11203         Returns the current position of the sizer's managed space.
11204         """
11205         return _core_.Sizer_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
11206
11207     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11208         """
11209         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
11210
11211         Returns the minimal size of the sizer. This is either the combined
11212         minimal size of all the children and their borders or the minimal size
11213         set by SetMinSize, depending on which is bigger.
11214         """
11215         return _core_.Sizer_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11216
11217     def GetSizeTuple(self):
11218         return self.GetSize().Get()
11219     def GetPositionTuple(self):
11220         return self.GetPosition().Get()
11221     def GetMinSizeTuple(self):
11222         return self.GetMinSize().Get()
11223
11224     def RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs):
11225         """
11226         RecalcSizes(self)
11227
11228         Using the sizes calculated by `CalcMin` reposition and resize all the
11229         items managed by this sizer.  You should not need to call this directly as
11230         it is called by `Layout`.
11231         """
11232         return _core_.Sizer_RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs)
11233
11234     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
11235         """
11236         CalcMin(self) -> Size
11237
11238         This method is where the sizer will do the actual calculation of its
11239         children's minimal sizes.  You should not need to call this directly as
11240         it is called by `Layout`.
11241         """
11242         return _core_.Sizer_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
11243
11244     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
11245         """
11246         Layout(self)
11247
11248         This method will force the recalculation and layout of the items
11249         controlled by the sizer using the current space allocated to the
11250         sizer.  Normally this is called automatically from the owning window's
11251         EVT_SIZE handler, but it is also useful to call it from user code when
11252         one of the items in a sizer change size, or items are added or
11253         removed.
11254         """
11255         return _core_.Sizer_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
11256
11257     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
11258         """
11259         Fit(self, Window window) -> Size
11260
11261         Tell the sizer to resize the *window* to match the sizer's minimal
11262         size. This is commonly done in the constructor of the window itself in
11263         order to set its initial size to match the needs of the children as
11264         determined by the sizer.  Returns the new size.
11265
11266         For a top level window this is the total window size, not the client size.
11267         """
11268         return _core_.Sizer_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
11269
11270     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
11271         """
11272         FitInside(self, Window window)
11273
11274         Tell the sizer to resize the *virtual size* of the *window* to match the
11275         sizer's minimal size. This will not alter the on screen size of the
11276         window, but may cause the addition/removal/alteration of scrollbars
11277         required to view the virtual area in windows which manage it.
11278
11279         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`, `SetVirtualSizeHints`
11280
11281         """
11282         return _core_.Sizer_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
11283
11284     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
11285         """
11286         SetSizeHints(self, Window window)
11287
11288         Tell the sizer to set (and `Fit`) the minimal size of the *window* to
11289         match the sizer's minimal size. This is commonly done in the
11290         constructor of the window itself if the window is resizable (as are
11291         many dialogs under Unix and frames on probably all platforms) in order
11292         to prevent the window from being sized smaller than the minimal size
11293         required by the sizer.
11294         """
11295         return _core_.Sizer_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
11296
11297     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
11298         """
11299         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, Window window)
11300
11301         Tell the sizer to set the minimal size of the window virtual area to
11302         match the sizer's minimal size. For windows with managed scrollbars
11303         this will set them appropriately.
11304
11305         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`
11306
11307         """
11308         return _core_.Sizer_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
11309
11310     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
11311         """
11312         Clear(self, bool deleteWindows=False)
11313
11314         Clear all items from the sizer, optionally destroying the window items
11315         as well.
11316         """
11317         return _core_.Sizer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
11318
11319     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
11320         """
11321         DeleteWindows(self)
11322
11323         Destroy all windows managed by the sizer.
11324         """
11325         return _core_.Sizer_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
11326
11327     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
11328         """
11329         GetChildren(self) -> list
11330
11331         Returns a list of all the `wx.SizerItem` objects managed by the sizer.
11332         """
11333         return _core_.Sizer_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
11334
11335     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
11336         """
11337         Show(self, item, bool show=True, bool recursive=false) -> bool
11338
11339         Shows or hides an item managed by the sizer.  To make a sizer item
11340         disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
11341         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11342         the item.  Use the recursive parameter to show or hide an item in a
11343         subsizer.  Returns True if the item was found.
11344         """
11345         return _core_.Sizer_Show(*args, **kwargs)
11346
11347     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
11348         """
11349         IsShown(self, item)
11350
11351         Determines if the item is currently shown. To make a sizer
11352         item disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
11353         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11354         the item.
11355         """
11356         return _core_.Sizer_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
11357
11358     def Hide(self, item, recursive=False):
11359         """
11360         A convenience method for `Show` (item, False, recursive).
11361         """
11362         return self.Show(item, False, recursive)
11363
11364     def ShowItems(*args, **kwargs):
11365         """
11366         ShowItems(self, bool show)
11367
11368         Recursively call `wx.SizerItem.Show` on all sizer items.
11369         """
11370         return _core_.Sizer_ShowItems(*args, **kwargs)
11371
11372 Sizer_swigregister = _core_.Sizer_swigregister
11373 Sizer_swigregister(Sizer)
11374
11375 class PySizer(Sizer):
11376     """
11377     wx.PySizer is a special version of `wx.Sizer` that has been
11378     instrumented to allow the C++ virtual methods to be overloaded in
11379     Python derived classes.  You would derive from this class if you are
11380     wanting to implement a custom sizer in Python code.  Simply implement
11381     `CalcMin` and `RecalcSizes` in the derived class and you're all set.
11382     For example::
11383
11384         class MySizer(wx.PySizer):
11385              def __init__(self):
11386                  wx.PySizer.__init__(self)
11387
11388              def CalcMin(self):
11389                  for item in self.GetChildren():
11390                       # calculate the total minimum width and height needed
11391                       # by all items in the sizer according to this sizer's
11392                       # layout algorithm.
11393                       ...
11394                  return wx.Size(width, height)
11395
11396               def RecalcSizes(self):
11397                   # find the space allotted to this sizer
11398                   pos = self.GetPosition()
11399                   size = self.GetSize()
11400                   for item in self.GetChildren():
11401                       # Recalculate (if necessary) the position and size of
11402                       # each item and then call item.SetDimension to do the
11403                       # actual positioning and sizing of the items within the
11404                       # space alloted to this sizer.
11405                       ...
11406                       item.SetDimension(itemPos, itemSize)
11407
11408
11409     When `Layout` is called it first calls `CalcMin` followed by
11410     `RecalcSizes` so you can optimize a bit by saving the results of
11411     `CalcMin` and reusing them in `RecalcSizes`.
11412
11413     :see: `wx.SizerItem`, `wx.Sizer.GetChildren`
11414
11415
11416     """
11417     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11418     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11419     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11420         """
11421         __init__(self) -> PySizer
11422
11423         Creates a wx.PySizer.  Must be called from the __init__ in the derived
11424         class.
11425         """
11426         _core_.PySizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PySizer(*args, **kwargs))
11427         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PySizer);self._setOORInfo(self)
11428
11429     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
11430         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
11431         return _core_.PySizer__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
11432
11433 PySizer_swigregister = _core_.PySizer_swigregister
11434 PySizer_swigregister(PySizer)
11435
11436 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11437
11438 class BoxSizer(Sizer):
11439     """
11440     The basic idea behind a box sizer is that windows will most often be
11441     laid out in rather simple basic geometry, typically in a row or a
11442     column or nested hierarchies of either.  A wx.BoxSizer will lay out
11443     its items in a simple row or column, depending on the orientation
11444     parameter passed to the constructor.
11445     """
11446     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11447     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11448     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11449         """
11450         __init__(self, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> BoxSizer
11451
11452         Constructor for a wx.BoxSizer. *orient* may be one of ``wx.VERTICAL``
11453         or ``wx.HORIZONTAL`` for creating either a column sizer or a row
11454         sizer.
11455         """
11456         _core_.BoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11457         self._setOORInfo(self)
11458
11459     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
11460         """
11461         GetOrientation(self) -> int
11462
11463         Returns the current orientation of the sizer.
11464         """
11465         return _core_.BoxSizer_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
11466
11467     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
11468         """
11469         SetOrientation(self, int orient)
11470
11471         Resets the orientation of the sizer.
11472         """
11473         return _core_.BoxSizer_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
11474
11475 BoxSizer_swigregister = _core_.BoxSizer_swigregister
11476 BoxSizer_swigregister(BoxSizer)
11477
11478 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11479
11480 class StaticBoxSizer(BoxSizer):
11481     """
11482     wx.StaticBoxSizer derives from and functions identically to the
11483     `wx.BoxSizer` and adds a `wx.StaticBox` around the items that the sizer
11484     manages.  Note that this static box must be created separately and
11485     passed to the sizer constructor.
11486     """
11487     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11488     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11489     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11490         """
11491         __init__(self, StaticBox box, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> StaticBoxSizer
11492
11493         Constructor. It takes an associated static box and the orientation
11494         *orient* as parameters - orient can be either of ``wx.VERTICAL`` or
11495         ``wx.HORIZONTAL``.
11496         """
11497         _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StaticBoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11498         self._setOORInfo(self)
11499
11500     def GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs):
11501         """
11502         GetStaticBox(self) -> StaticBox
11503
11504         Returns the static box associated with this sizer.
11505         """
11506         return _core_.StaticBoxSizer_GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs)
11507
11508 StaticBoxSizer_swigregister = _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swigregister
11509 StaticBoxSizer_swigregister(StaticBoxSizer)
11510
11511 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11512
11513 class GridSizer(Sizer):
11514     """
11515     A grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
11516     two-dimensional table with all cells having the same size.  In other
11517     words, the width of each cell within the grid is the width of the
11518     widest item added to the sizer and the height of each grid cell is the
11519     height of the tallest item.  An optional vertical and/or horizontal
11520     gap between items can also be specified (in pixels.)
11521
11522     Items are placed in the cells of the grid in the order they are added,
11523     in row-major order.  In other words, the first row is filled first,
11524     then the second, and so on until all items have been added. (If
11525     neccessary, additional rows will be added as items are added.)  If you
11526     need to have greater control over the cells that items are placed in
11527     then use the `wx.GridBagSizer`.
11528
11529     """
11530     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11531     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11532     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11533         """
11534         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridSizer
11535
11536         Constructor for a wx.GridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the number
11537         of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters is
11538         zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
11539         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
11540         define extra space between all children.
11541         """
11542         _core_.GridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11543         self._setOORInfo(self)
11544
11545     def SetCols(*args, **kwargs):
11546         """
11547         SetCols(self, int cols)
11548
11549         Sets the number of columns in the sizer.
11550         """
11551         return _core_.GridSizer_SetCols(*args, **kwargs)
11552
11553     def SetRows(*args, **kwargs):
11554         """
11555         SetRows(self, int rows)
11556
11557         Sets the number of rows in the sizer.
11558         """
11559         return _core_.GridSizer_SetRows(*args, **kwargs)
11560
11561     def SetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
11562         """
11563         SetVGap(self, int gap)
11564
11565         Sets the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
11566         """
11567         return _core_.GridSizer_SetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
11568
11569     def SetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
11570         """
11571         SetHGap(self, int gap)
11572
11573         Sets the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer
11574         """
11575         return _core_.GridSizer_SetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
11576
11577     def GetCols(*args, **kwargs):
11578         """
11579         GetCols(self) -> int
11580
11581         Returns the number of columns in the sizer.
11582         """
11583         return _core_.GridSizer_GetCols(*args, **kwargs)
11584
11585     def GetRows(*args, **kwargs):
11586         """
11587         GetRows(self) -> int
11588
11589         Returns the number of rows in the sizer.
11590         """
11591         return _core_.GridSizer_GetRows(*args, **kwargs)
11592
11593     def GetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
11594         """
11595         GetVGap(self) -> int
11596
11597         Returns the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
11598         """
11599         return _core_.GridSizer_GetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
11600
11601     def GetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
11602         """
11603         GetHGap(self) -> int
11604
11605         Returns the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer.
11606         """
11607         return _core_.GridSizer_GetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
11608
11609     def CalcRowsCols(self):
11610         """
11611         CalcRowsCols() -> (rows, cols)
11612
11613         Calculates how many rows and columns will be in the sizer based
11614         on the current number of items and also the rows, cols specified
11615         in the constructor.
11616         """
11617         nitems = len(self.GetChildren())
11618         rows = self.GetRows()
11619         cols = self.GetCols()
11620         assert rows != 0 or cols != 0, "Grid sizer must have either rows or columns fixed"
11621         if cols != 0:
11622             rows = (nitems + cols - 1) / cols
11623         elif rows != 0:
11624             cols = (nitems + rows - 1) / rows
11625         return (rows, cols)
11626
11627 GridSizer_swigregister = _core_.GridSizer_swigregister
11628 GridSizer_swigregister(GridSizer)
11629
11630 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11631
11632 FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE
11633 FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED
11634 FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL
11635 class FlexGridSizer(GridSizer):
11636     """
11637     A flex grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
11638     two-dimensional table with all table cells in one row having the same
11639     height and all cells in one column having the same width, but all
11640     rows or all columns are not necessarily the same height or width as in
11641     the `wx.GridSizer`.
11642
11643     wx.FlexGridSizer can also size items equally in one direction but
11644     unequally ("flexibly") in the other. If the sizer is only flexible
11645     in one direction (this can be changed using `SetFlexibleDirection`), it
11646     needs to be decided how the sizer should grow in the other ("non
11647     flexible") direction in order to fill the available space. The
11648     `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode` method serves this purpose.
11649
11650
11651     """
11652     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11653     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11654     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11655         """
11656         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> FlexGridSizer
11657
11658         Constructor for a wx.FlexGridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the
11659         number of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters
11660         is zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
11661         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
11662         define extra space between all children.
11663         """
11664         _core_.FlexGridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FlexGridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11665         self._setOORInfo(self)
11666
11667     def AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
11668         """
11669         AddGrowableRow(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
11670
11671         Specifies that row *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if there
11672         is extra space available to the sizer.
11673
11674         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
11675         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
11676         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
11677         """
11678         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
11679
11680     def RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
11681         """
11682         RemoveGrowableRow(self, size_t idx)
11683
11684         Specifies that row *idx* is no longer growable.
11685         """
11686         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
11687
11688     def AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
11689         """
11690         AddGrowableCol(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
11691
11692         Specifies that column *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if
11693         there is extra space available to the sizer.
11694
11695         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
11696         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
11697         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
11698         """
11699         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
11700
11701     def RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
11702         """
11703         RemoveGrowableCol(self, size_t idx)
11704
11705         Specifies that column *idx* is no longer growable.
11706         """
11707         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
11708
11709     def SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
11710         """
11711         SetFlexibleDirection(self, int direction)
11712
11713         Specifies whether the sizer should flexibly resize its columns, rows,
11714         or both. Argument *direction* can be one of the following values.  Any
11715         other value is ignored.
11716
11717             ==============    =======================================
11718             wx.VERTICAL       Rows are flexibly sized.
11719             wx.HORIZONTAL     Columns are flexibly sized.
11720             wx.BOTH           Both rows and columns are flexibly sized
11721                               (this is the default value).
11722             ==============    =======================================
11723
11724         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
11725
11726         """
11727         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
11728
11729     def GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
11730         """
11731         GetFlexibleDirection(self) -> int
11732
11733         Returns a value that specifies whether the sizer
11734         flexibly resizes its columns, rows, or both (default).
11735
11736         :see: `SetFlexibleDirection`
11737         """
11738         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
11739
11740     def SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
11741         """
11742         SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self, int mode)
11743
11744         Specifies how the sizer should grow in the non-flexible direction if
11745         there is one (so `SetFlexibleDirection` must have been called
11746         previously). Argument *mode* can be one of the following values:
11747
11748             ==========================  =================================================
11749             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE       Sizer doesn't grow in the non flexible direction.
11750             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED  Sizer honors growable columns/rows set with
11751                                         `AddGrowableCol` and `AddGrowableRow`. In this
11752                                         case equal sizing applies to minimum sizes of
11753                                         columns or rows (this is the default value).
11754             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL        Sizer equally stretches all columns or rows in
11755                                         the non flexible direction, whether they are
11756                                         growable or not in the flexbile direction.
11757             ==========================  =================================================
11758
11759         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
11760
11761
11762         """
11763         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
11764
11765     def GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
11766         """
11767         GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self) -> int
11768
11769         Returns the value that specifies how the sizer grows in the
11770         non-flexible direction if there is one.
11771
11772         :see: `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode`
11773         """
11774         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
11775
11776     def GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs):
11777         """
11778         GetRowHeights(self) -> list
11779
11780         Returns a list of integers representing the heights of each of the
11781         rows in the sizer.
11782         """
11783         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs)
11784
11785     def GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs):
11786         """
11787         GetColWidths(self) -> list
11788
11789         Returns a list of integers representing the widths of each of the
11790         columns in the sizer.
11791         """
11792         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs)
11793
11794 FlexGridSizer_swigregister = _core_.FlexGridSizer_swigregister
11795 FlexGridSizer_swigregister(FlexGridSizer)
11796
11797 class StdDialogButtonSizer(BoxSizer):
11798     """
11799     A special sizer that knows how to order and position standard buttons
11800     in order to conform to the current platform's standards.  You simply
11801     need to add each `wx.Button` to the sizer, and be sure to create the
11802     buttons using the standard ID's.  Then call `Realize` and the sizer
11803     will take care of the rest.
11804
11805     """
11806     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11807     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11808     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11809         """__init__(self) -> StdDialogButtonSizer"""
11810         _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StdDialogButtonSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11811     def AddButton(*args, **kwargs):
11812         """
11813         AddButton(self, wxButton button)
11814
11815         Use this to add the buttons to this sizer.  Do not use the `Add`
11816         method in the base class.
11817         """
11818         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_AddButton(*args, **kwargs)
11819
11820     def Realize(*args, **kwargs):
11821         """
11822         Realize(self)
11823
11824         This funciton needs to be called after all the buttons have been added
11825         to the sizer.  It will reorder them and position them in a platform
11826         specifc manner.
11827         """
11828         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_Realize(*args, **kwargs)
11829
11830     def SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11831         """SetAffirmativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
11832         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11833
11834     def SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11835         """SetNegativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
11836         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11837
11838     def SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
11839         """SetCancelButton(self, wxButton button)"""
11840         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
11841
11842     def GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11843         """GetAffirmativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11844         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11845
11846     def GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs):
11847         """GetApplyButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11848         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs)
11849
11850     def GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11851         """GetNegativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11852         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11853
11854     def GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
11855         """GetCancelButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11856         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
11857
11858     def GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs):
11859         """GetHelpButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11860         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs)
11861
11862 StdDialogButtonSizer_swigregister = _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swigregister
11863 StdDialogButtonSizer_swigregister(StdDialogButtonSizer)
11864
11865 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11866
11867 class GBPosition(object):
11868     """
11869     This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
11870     rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
11871     typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
11872     integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
11873     representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
11874     """
11875     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11876     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11877     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11878         """
11879         __init__(self, int row=0, int col=0) -> GBPosition
11880
11881         This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
11882         rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
11883         typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
11884         integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
11885         representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
11886         """
11887         _core_.GBPosition_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBPosition(*args, **kwargs))
11888     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBPosition
11889     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11890     def GetRow(*args, **kwargs):
11891         """GetRow(self) -> int"""
11892         return _core_.GBPosition_GetRow(*args, **kwargs)
11893
11894     def GetCol(*args, **kwargs):
11895         """GetCol(self) -> int"""
11896         return _core_.GBPosition_GetCol(*args, **kwargs)
11897
11898     def SetRow(*args, **kwargs):
11899         """SetRow(self, int row)"""
11900         return _core_.GBPosition_SetRow(*args, **kwargs)
11901
11902     def SetCol(*args, **kwargs):
11903         """SetCol(self, int col)"""
11904         return _core_.GBPosition_SetCol(*args, **kwargs)
11905
11906     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
11907         """__eq__(self, GBPosition other) -> bool"""
11908         return _core_.GBPosition___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
11909
11910     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
11911         """__ne__(self, GBPosition other) -> bool"""
11912         return _core_.GBPosition___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
11913
11914     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
11915         """Set(self, int row=0, int col=0)"""
11916         return _core_.GBPosition_Set(*args, **kwargs)
11917
11918     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
11919         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
11920         return _core_.GBPosition_Get(*args, **kwargs)
11921
11922     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
11923     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
11924     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBPosition'+str(self.Get())
11925     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
11926     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
11927     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
11928         if index == 0: self.SetRow(val)
11929         elif index == 1: self.SetCol(val)
11930         else: raise IndexError
11931     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
11932     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
11933     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBPosition, self.Get())
11934
11935     row = property(GetRow, SetRow)
11936     col = property(GetCol, SetCol)
11937
11938 GBPosition_swigregister = _core_.GBPosition_swigregister
11939 GBPosition_swigregister(GBPosition)
11940
11941 class GBSpan(object):
11942     """
11943     This class is used to hold the row and column spanning attributes of
11944     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has typemaps that will
11945     automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of integers to a
11946     wx.GBSpan, so you can use the more pythonic representation of the span
11947     nearly transparently in Python code.
11948
11949     """
11950     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11951     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11952     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11953         """
11954         __init__(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1) -> GBSpan
11955
11956         Construct a new wxGBSpan, optionally setting the rowspan and
11957         colspan. The default is (1,1). (Meaning that the item occupies one
11958         cell in each direction.
11959         """
11960         _core_.GBSpan_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSpan(*args, **kwargs))
11961     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSpan
11962     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11963     def GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
11964         """GetRowspan(self) -> int"""
11965         return _core_.GBSpan_GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
11966
11967     def GetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
11968         """GetColspan(self) -> int"""
11969         return _core_.GBSpan_GetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
11970
11971     def SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
11972         """SetRowspan(self, int rowspan)"""
11973         return _core_.GBSpan_SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
11974
11975     def SetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
11976         """SetColspan(self, int colspan)"""
11977         return _core_.GBSpan_SetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
11978
11979     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
11980         """__eq__(self, GBSpan other) -> bool"""
11981         return _core_.GBSpan___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
11982
11983     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
11984         """__ne__(self, GBSpan other) -> bool"""
11985         return _core_.GBSpan___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
11986
11987     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
11988         """Set(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1)"""
11989         return _core_.GBSpan_Set(*args, **kwargs)
11990
11991     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
11992         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
11993         return _core_.GBSpan_Get(*args, **kwargs)
11994
11995     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
11996     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
11997     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBSpan'+str(self.Get())
11998     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
11999     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
12000     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
12001         if index == 0: self.SetRowspan(val)
12002         elif index == 1: self.SetColspan(val)
12003         else: raise IndexError
12004     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
12005     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
12006     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBSpan, self.Get())
12007
12008     rowspan = property(GetRowspan, SetRowspan)
12009     colspan = property(GetColspan, SetColspan)
12010
12011 GBSpan_swigregister = _core_.GBSpan_swigregister
12012 GBSpan_swigregister(GBSpan)
12013
12014 class GBSizerItem(SizerItem):
12015     """
12016     The wx.GBSizerItem class is used to track the additional data about
12017     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer` such as the item's position in the grid
12018     and how many rows or columns it spans.
12019
12020     """
12021     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12022     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12023     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12024         """
12025         __init__(self) -> GBSizerItem
12026
12027         Constructs an empty wx.GBSizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
12028         size will need to be set, as well as a position and span before this
12029         item can be used in a Sizer.
12030
12031         You will probably never need to create a wx.GBSizerItem directly as they
12032         are created automatically when the sizer's Add method is called.
12033         """
12034         _core_.GBSizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
12035     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSizerItem
12036     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12037     def GetPos(*args, **kwargs):
12038         """
12039         GetPos(self) -> GBPosition
12040
12041         Get the grid position of the item
12042         """
12043         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetPos(*args, **kwargs)
12044
12045     def GetPosTuple(self): return self.GetPos().Get()
12046     def GetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
12047         """
12048         GetSpan(self) -> GBSpan
12049
12050         Get the row and column spanning of the item
12051         """
12052         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
12053
12054     def GetSpanTuple(self): return self.GetSpan().Get()
12055     def SetPos(*args, **kwargs):
12056         """
12057         SetPos(self, GBPosition pos) -> bool
12058
12059         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12060         there is no other item that would intersect with this one at the new
12061         position, then set the new position.  Returns True if the change is
12062         successful and after the next Layout() the item will be moved.
12063         """
12064         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetPos(*args, **kwargs)
12065
12066     def SetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
12067         """
12068         SetSpan(self, GBSpan span) -> bool
12069
12070         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12071         there is no other item that would intersect with this one with its new
12072         spanning size, then set the new spanning.  Returns True if the change
12073         is successful and after the next Layout() the item will be resized.
12074
12075         """
12076         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
12077
12078     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
12079         """
12080         Intersects(self, GBSizerItem other) -> bool
12081
12082         Returns True if this item and the other item instersect.
12083         """
12084         return _core_.GBSizerItem_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
12085
12086     def IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs):
12087         """
12088         IntersectsPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span) -> bool
12089
12090         Returns True if the given pos/span would intersect with this item.
12091         """
12092         return _core_.GBSizerItem_IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs)
12093
12094     def GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs):
12095         """
12096         GetEndPos(self) -> GBPosition
12097
12098         Get the row and column of the endpoint of this item.
12099         """
12100         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs)
12101
12102     def GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12103         """
12104         GetGBSizer(self) -> GridBagSizer
12105
12106         Get the sizer this item is a member of.
12107         """
12108         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12109
12110     def SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12111         """
12112         SetGBSizer(self, GridBagSizer sizer)
12113
12114         Set the sizer this item is a member of.
12115         """
12116         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12117
12118 GBSizerItem_swigregister = _core_.GBSizerItem_swigregister
12119 GBSizerItem_swigregister(GBSizerItem)
12120 DefaultSpan = cvar.DefaultSpan
12121
12122 def GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12123     """
12124     GBSizerItemWindow(Window window, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12125         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12126
12127     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a window.
12128     """
12129     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12130     return val
12131
12132 def GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12133     """
12134     GBSizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12135         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12136
12137     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a sizer
12138     """
12139     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12140     return val
12141
12142 def GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12143     """
12144     GBSizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span,
12145         int flag, int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12146
12147     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a spacer.
12148     """
12149     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12150     return val
12151
12152 class GridBagSizer(FlexGridSizer):
12153     """
12154     A `wx.Sizer` that can lay out items in a virtual grid like a
12155     `wx.FlexGridSizer` but in this case explicit positioning of the items
12156     is allowed using `wx.GBPosition`, and items can optionally span more
12157     than one row and/or column using `wx.GBSpan`.  The total size of the
12158     virtual grid is determined by the largest row and column that items are
12159     positioned at, adjusted for spanning.
12160
12161     """
12162     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12163     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12164     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12165         """
12166         __init__(self, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridBagSizer
12167
12168         Constructor, with optional parameters to specify the gap between the
12169         rows and columns.
12170         """
12171         _core_.GridBagSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridBagSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12172         self._setOORInfo(self)
12173
12174     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
12175         """
12176         Add(self, item, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span=DefaultSpan, int flag=0,
12177         int border=0, userData=None) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12178
12179         Adds an item to the sizer at the grid cell *pos*, optionally spanning
12180         more than one row or column as specified with *span*.  The remaining
12181         args behave similarly to `wx.Sizer.Add`.
12182
12183         Returns True if the item was successfully placed at the given cell
12184         position, False if something was already there.
12185
12186         """
12187         return _core_.GridBagSizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
12188
12189     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
12190         """
12191         Add(self, GBSizerItem item) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12192
12193         Add an item to the sizer using a `wx.GBSizerItem`.  Returns True if
12194         the item was successfully placed at its given cell position, False if
12195         something was already there.
12196         """
12197         return _core_.GridBagSizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
12198
12199     def GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12200         """
12201         GetCellSize(self, int row, int col) -> Size
12202
12203         Get the size of the specified cell, including hgap and
12204         vgap.  Only valid after a Layout.
12205         """
12206         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12207
12208     def GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12209         """
12210         GetEmptyCellSize(self) -> Size
12211
12212         Get the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
12213         """
12214         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12215
12216     def SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12217         """
12218         SetEmptyCellSize(self, Size sz)
12219
12220         Set the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
12221         """
12222         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12223
12224     def GetItemPosition(*args):
12225         """
12226         GetItemPosition(self, item) -> GBPosition
12227
12228         Get the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
12229         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
12230         index of an item.
12231         """
12232         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemPosition(*args)
12233
12234     def SetItemPosition(*args):
12235         """
12236         SetItemPosition(self, item, GBPosition pos) -> bool
12237
12238         Set the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
12239         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
12240         index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is not
12241         allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
12242
12243         """
12244         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemPosition(*args)
12245
12246     def GetItemSpan(*args):
12247         """
12248         GetItemSpan(self, item) -> GBSpan
12249
12250         Get the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
12251         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
12252         zero-based index of an item.
12253         """
12254         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemSpan(*args)
12255
12256     def SetItemSpan(*args):
12257         """
12258         SetItemSpan(self, item, GBSpan span) -> bool
12259
12260         Set the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
12261         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
12262         zero-based index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is
12263         not allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
12264         """
12265         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemSpan(*args)
12266
12267     def FindItem(*args):
12268         """
12269         FindItem(self, item) -> GBSizerItem
12270
12271         Find the sizer item for the given window or subsizer, returns None if
12272         not found. (non-recursive)
12273         """
12274         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItem(*args)
12275
12276     def FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs):
12277         """
12278         FindItemAtPosition(self, GBPosition pos) -> GBSizerItem
12279
12280         Return the sizer item for the given grid cell, or None if there is no
12281         item at that position. (non-recursive)
12282         """
12283         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs)
12284
12285     def FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
12286         """
12287         FindItemAtPoint(self, Point pt) -> GBSizerItem
12288
12289         Return the sizer item located at the point given in *pt*, or None if
12290         there is no item at that point. The (x,y) coordinates in pt correspond
12291         to the client coordinates of the window using the sizer for
12292         layout. (non-recursive)
12293         """
12294         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
12295
12296     def CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs):
12297         """
12298         CheckForIntersection(self, GBSizerItem item, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
12299
12300         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
12301         given *item*.  Returns True if so, False if there would be no overlap.
12302         If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked for
12303         intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
12304         position of.
12305
12306         """
12307         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs)
12308
12309     def CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs):
12310         """
12311         CheckForIntersectionPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
12312
12313         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
12314         given position and span.  Returns True if so, False if there would be
12315         no overlap.  If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked
12316         for intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
12317         position of.
12318         """
12319         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs)
12320
12321 GridBagSizer_swigregister = _core_.GridBagSizer_swigregister
12322 GridBagSizer_swigregister(GridBagSizer)
12323
12324 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12325
12326 Left = _core_.Left
12327 Top = _core_.Top
12328 Right = _core_.Right
12329 Bottom = _core_.Bottom
12330 Width = _core_.Width
12331 Height = _core_.Height
12332 Centre = _core_.Centre
12333 Center = _core_.Center
12334 CentreX = _core_.CentreX
12335 CentreY = _core_.CentreY
12336 Unconstrained = _core_.Unconstrained
12337 AsIs = _core_.AsIs
12338 PercentOf = _core_.PercentOf
12339 Above = _core_.Above
12340 Below = _core_.Below
12341 LeftOf = _core_.LeftOf
12342 RightOf = _core_.RightOf
12343 SameAs = _core_.SameAs
12344 Absolute = _core_.Absolute
12345 class IndividualLayoutConstraint(Object):
12346     """
12347     Objects of this class are stored in the `wx.LayoutConstraints` class as
12348     one of eight possible constraints that a window can be involved in.
12349     You will never need to create an instance of
12350     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, rather you should create a
12351     `wx.LayoutConstraints` instance and use the individual contstraints
12352     that it contains.
12353     """
12354     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12355     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
12356     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12357     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
12358         """
12359         Set(self, int rel, Window otherW, int otherE, int val=0, int marg=wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN)
12360
12361         Sets the properties of the constraint. Normally called by one of the
12362         convenience functions such as Above, RightOf, SameAs.
12363         """
12364         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
12365
12366     def LeftOf(*args, **kwargs):
12367         """
12368         LeftOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12369
12370         Constrains this edge to be to the left of the given window, with an
12371         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the left edge of the
12372         other window.
12373         """
12374         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_LeftOf(*args, **kwargs)
12375
12376     def RightOf(*args, **kwargs):
12377         """
12378         RightOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12379
12380         Constrains this edge to be to the right of the given window, with an
12381         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the right edge of the
12382         other window.
12383         """
12384         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_RightOf(*args, **kwargs)
12385
12386     def Above(*args, **kwargs):
12387         """
12388         Above(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12389
12390         Constrains this edge to be above the given window, with an optional
12391         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the top edge of the other
12392         window.
12393         """
12394         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Above(*args, **kwargs)
12395
12396     def Below(*args, **kwargs):
12397         """
12398         Below(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12399
12400         Constrains this edge to be below the given window, with an optional
12401         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the bottom edge of the other
12402         window.
12403         """
12404         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Below(*args, **kwargs)
12405
12406     def SameAs(*args, **kwargs):
12407         """
12408         SameAs(self, Window otherW, int edge, int marg=0)
12409
12410         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to the same as the edge of the
12411         given window, with an optional margin.
12412         """
12413         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SameAs(*args, **kwargs)
12414
12415     def PercentOf(*args, **kwargs):
12416         """
12417         PercentOf(self, Window otherW, int wh, int per)
12418
12419         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to a percentage of the given
12420         window, with an optional margin.
12421         """
12422         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_PercentOf(*args, **kwargs)
12423
12424     def Absolute(*args, **kwargs):
12425         """
12426         Absolute(self, int val)
12427
12428         Constrains this edge or dimension to be the given absolute value.
12429         """
12430         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Absolute(*args, **kwargs)
12431
12432     def Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs):
12433         """
12434         Unconstrained(self)
12435
12436         Sets this edge or dimension to be unconstrained, that is, dependent on
12437         other edges and dimensions from which this value can be deduced.
12438         """
12439         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs)
12440
12441     def AsIs(*args, **kwargs):
12442         """
12443         AsIs(self)
12444
12445         Sets this edge or constraint to be whatever the window's value is at
12446         the moment. If either of the width and height constraints are *as is*,
12447         the window will not be resized, but moved instead. This is important
12448         when considering panel items which are intended to have a default
12449         size, such as a button, which may take its size from the size of the
12450         button label.
12451         """
12452         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_AsIs(*args, **kwargs)
12453
12454     def GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12455         """GetOtherWindow(self) -> Window"""
12456         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12457
12458     def GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12459         """GetMyEdge(self) -> int"""
12460         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12461
12462     def SetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12463         """SetEdge(self, int which)"""
12464         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12465
12466     def SetValue(*args, **kwargs):
12467         """SetValue(self, int v)"""
12468         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetValue(*args, **kwargs)
12469
12470     def GetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
12471         """GetMargin(self) -> int"""
12472         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
12473
12474     def SetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
12475         """SetMargin(self, int m)"""
12476         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
12477
12478     def GetValue(*args, **kwargs):
12479         """GetValue(self) -> int"""
12480         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetValue(*args, **kwargs)
12481
12482     def GetPercent(*args, **kwargs):
12483         """GetPercent(self) -> int"""
12484         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetPercent(*args, **kwargs)
12485
12486     def GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12487         """GetOtherEdge(self) -> int"""
12488         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12489
12490     def GetDone(*args, **kwargs):
12491         """GetDone(self) -> bool"""
12492         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetDone(*args, **kwargs)
12493
12494     def SetDone(*args, **kwargs):
12495         """SetDone(self, bool d)"""
12496         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetDone(*args, **kwargs)
12497
12498     def GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
12499         """GetRelationship(self) -> int"""
12500         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
12501
12502     def SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
12503         """SetRelationship(self, int r)"""
12504         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
12505
12506     def ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs):
12507         """
12508         ResetIfWin(self, Window otherW) -> bool
12509
12510         Reset constraint if it mentions otherWin
12511         """
12512         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs)
12513
12514     def SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs):
12515         """
12516         SatisfyConstraint(self, LayoutConstraints constraints, Window win) -> bool
12517
12518         Try to satisfy constraint
12519         """
12520         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs)
12521
12522     def GetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12523         """
12524         GetEdge(self, int which, Window thisWin, Window other) -> int
12525
12526         Get the value of this edge or dimension, or if this
12527         is not determinable, -1.
12528         """
12529         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12530
12531 IndividualLayoutConstraint_swigregister = _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_swigregister
12532 IndividualLayoutConstraint_swigregister(IndividualLayoutConstraint)
12533
12534 class LayoutConstraints(Object):
12535     """
12536     **Note:** constraints are now deprecated and you should use sizers
12537     instead.
12538
12539     Objects of this class can be associated with a window to define its
12540     layout constraints, with respect to siblings or its parent.
12541
12542     The class consists of the following eight constraints of class
12543     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, some or all of which should be accessed
12544     directly to set the appropriate constraints.
12545
12546         * left: represents the left hand edge of the window
12547         * right: represents the right hand edge of the window
12548         * top: represents the top edge of the window
12549         * bottom: represents the bottom edge of the window
12550         * width: represents the width of the window
12551         * height: represents the height of the window
12552         * centreX: represents the horizontal centre point of the window
12553         * centreY: represents the vertical centre point of the window
12554
12555     Most constraints are initially set to have the relationship
12556     wxUnconstrained, which means that their values should be calculated by
12557     looking at known constraints. The exceptions are width and height,
12558     which are set to wxAsIs to ensure that if the user does not specify a
12559     constraint, the existing width and height will be used, to be
12560     compatible with panel items which often have take a default size. If
12561     the constraint is ``wx.AsIs``, the dimension will not be changed.
12562
12563     :see: `wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint`, `wx.Window.SetConstraints`
12564
12565     """
12566     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12567     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12568     left = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_left_get)
12569     top = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_top_get)
12570     right = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_right_get)
12571     bottom = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_bottom_get)
12572     width = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_width_get)
12573     height = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_height_get)
12574     centreX = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreX_get)
12575     centreY = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreY_get)
12576     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12577         """__init__(self) -> LayoutConstraints"""
12578         _core_.LayoutConstraints_swiginit(self,_core_.new_LayoutConstraints(*args, **kwargs))
12579     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_LayoutConstraints
12580     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12581     def SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
12582         """SatisfyConstraints(Window win) -> (areSatisfied, noChanges)"""
12583         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
12584
12585     def AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs):
12586         """AreSatisfied(self) -> bool"""
12587         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs)
12588
12589 LayoutConstraints_swigregister = _core_.LayoutConstraints_swigregister
12590 LayoutConstraints_swigregister(LayoutConstraints)
12591
12592 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12593
12594 # Use Python's bool constants if available, make some if not
12595 try:
12596     True
12597 except NameError:
12598     __builtins__.True = 1==1
12599     __builtins__.False = 1==0
12600     def bool(value): return not not value
12601     __builtins__.bool = bool
12602
12603
12604
12605 # workarounds for bad wxRTTI names
12606 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxGauge95']    = 'wxGauge'
12607 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxSlider95']   = 'wxSlider'
12608 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxStatusBar95']   = 'wxStatusBar'
12609
12610
12611 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12612 # Load version numbers from __version__...  Ensure that major and minor
12613 # versions are the same for both wxPython and wxWidgets.
12614
12615 from __version__ import *
12616 __version__ = VERSION_STRING
12617
12618 assert MAJOR_VERSION == _core_.MAJOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
12619 assert MINOR_VERSION == _core_.MINOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
12620 if RELEASE_VERSION != _core_.RELEASE_VERSION:
12621     import warnings
12622     warnings.warn("wxPython/wxWidgets release number mismatch")
12623
12624 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12625
12626 # Set wxPython's default string<-->unicode conversion encoding from
12627 # the locale, but only if Python's default hasn't been changed.  (We
12628 # assume that if the user has customized it already then that is the
12629 # encoding we need to use as well.)
12630 #
12631 # The encoding selected here is used when string or unicode objects
12632 # need to be converted in order to pass them to wxWidgets.  Please be
12633 # aware that the default encoding within the same locale may be
12634 # slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please see
12635 # http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
12636 # between the common latin/roman encodings.
12637
12638 default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
12639 if default == 'ascii':
12640     import locale
12641     import codecs
12642     try:
12643         default = locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]
12644         codecs.lookup(default)
12645     except (ValueError, LookupError, TypeError):
12646         default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
12647     del locale
12648     del codecs
12649 if default:
12650     wx.SetDefaultPyEncoding(default)
12651 del default
12652
12653 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12654
12655 class PyDeadObjectError(AttributeError):
12656     pass
12657
12658 class _wxPyDeadObject(object):
12659     """
12660     Instances of wx objects that are OOR capable will have their __class__
12661     changed to this class when the C++ object is deleted.  This should help
12662     prevent crashes due to referencing a bogus C++ pointer.
12663     """
12664     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for DELETED %s object! (The C++ object no longer exists.)"
12665     attrStr = "The C++ part of the %s object has been deleted, attribute access no longer allowed."
12666
12667     def __repr__(self):
12668         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12669             self._name = "[unknown]"
12670         return self.reprStr % self._name
12671
12672     def __getattr__(self, *args):
12673         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12674             self._name = "[unknown]"
12675         raise PyDeadObjectError(self.attrStr % self._name)
12676
12677     def __nonzero__(self):
12678         return 0
12679
12680
12681
12682 class PyUnbornObjectError(AttributeError):
12683     pass
12684
12685 class _wxPyUnbornObject(object):
12686     """
12687     Some stock objects are created when the wx._core module is
12688     imported, but their C++ instance is not created until the wx.App
12689     object is created and initialized.  These object instances will
12690     temporarily have their __class__ changed to this class so an
12691     exception will be raised if they are used before the C++ instance
12692     is ready.
12693     """
12694
12695     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)"
12696     attrStr = "The C++ part of this object has not been initialized, attribute access not allowed."
12697
12698     def __repr__(self):
12699         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12700         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
12701         return self.reprStr #% self._name
12702
12703     def __getattr__(self, *args):
12704         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12705         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
12706         raise PyUnbornObjectError(self.attrStr) # % self._name )
12707
12708     def __nonzero__(self):
12709         return 0
12710
12711
12712 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12713
12714 def CallAfter(callable, *args, **kw):
12715     """
12716     Call the specified function after the current and pending event
12717     handlers have been completed.  This is also good for making GUI
12718     method calls from non-GUI threads.  Any extra positional or
12719     keyword args are passed on to the callable when it is called.
12720
12721     :see: `wx.FutureCall`
12722     """
12723     app = wx.GetApp()
12724     assert app is not None, 'No wx.App created yet'
12725
12726     if not hasattr(app, "_CallAfterId"):
12727         app._CallAfterId = wx.NewEventType()
12728         app.Connect(-1, -1, app._CallAfterId,
12729                     lambda event: event.callable(*event.args, **event.kw) )
12730     evt = wx.PyEvent()
12731     evt.SetEventType(app._CallAfterId)
12732     evt.callable = callable
12733     evt.args = args
12734     evt.kw = kw
12735     wx.PostEvent(app, evt)
12736
12737 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12738
12739
12740 class FutureCall:
12741     """
12742     A convenience class for `wx.Timer`, that calls the given callable
12743     object once after the given amount of milliseconds, passing any
12744     positional or keyword args.  The return value of the callable is
12745     availbale after it has been run with the `GetResult` method.
12746
12747     If you don't need to get the return value or restart the timer
12748     then there is no need to hold a reference to this object.  It will
12749     hold a reference to itself while the timer is running (the timer
12750     has a reference to self.Notify) but the cycle will be broken when
12751     the timer completes, automatically cleaning up the wx.FutureCall
12752     object.
12753
12754     :see: `wx.CallAfter`
12755     """
12756     def __init__(self, millis, callable, *args, **kwargs):
12757         self.millis = millis
12758         self.callable = callable
12759         self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
12760         self.runCount = 0
12761         self.running = False
12762         self.hasRun = False
12763         self.result = None
12764         self.timer = None
12765         self.Start()
12766
12767     def __del__(self):
12768         self.Stop()
12769
12770
12771     def Start(self, millis=None, *args, **kwargs):
12772         """
12773         (Re)start the timer
12774         """
12775         self.hasRun = False
12776         if millis is not None:
12777             self.millis = millis
12778         if args or kwargs:
12779             self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
12780         self.Stop()
12781         self.timer = wx.PyTimer(self.Notify)
12782         self.timer.Start(self.millis, wx.TIMER_ONE_SHOT)
12783         self.running = True
12784     Restart = Start
12785
12786
12787     def Stop(self):
12788         """
12789         Stop and destroy the timer.
12790         """
12791         if self.timer is not None:
12792             self.timer.Stop()
12793             self.timer = None
12794
12795
12796     def GetInterval(self):
12797         if self.timer is not None:
12798             return self.timer.GetInterval()
12799         else:
12800             return 0
12801
12802
12803     def IsRunning(self):
12804         return self.timer is not None and self.timer.IsRunning()
12805
12806
12807     def SetArgs(self, *args, **kwargs):
12808         """
12809         (Re)set the args passed to the callable object.  This is
12810         useful in conjunction with Restart if you want to schedule a
12811         new call to the same callable object but with different
12812         parameters.
12813         """
12814         self.args = args
12815         self.kwargs = kwargs
12816
12817
12818     def HasRun(self):
12819         return self.hasRun
12820
12821     def GetResult(self):
12822         return self.result
12823
12824     def Notify(self):
12825         """
12826         The timer has expired so call the callable.
12827         """
12828         if self.callable and getattr(self.callable, 'im_self', True):
12829             self.runCount += 1
12830             self.running = False
12831             self.result = self.callable(*self.args, **self.kwargs)
12832         self.hasRun = True
12833         if not self.running:
12834             # if it wasn't restarted, then cleanup
12835             wx.CallAfter(self.Stop)
12836
12837
12838
12839 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12840 # Control which items in this module should be documented by epydoc.
12841 # We allow only classes and functions, which will help reduce the size
12842 # of the docs by filtering out the zillions of constants, EVT objects,
12843 # and etc that don't make much sense by themselves, but are instead
12844 # documented (or will be) as part of the classes/functions/methods
12845 # where they should be used.
12846
12847 class __DocFilter:
12848     """
12849     A filter for epydoc that only allows non-Ptr classes and
12850     fucntions, in order to reduce the clutter in the API docs.
12851     """
12852     def __init__(self, globals):
12853         self._globals = globals
12854
12855     def __call__(self, name):
12856         import types
12857         obj = self._globals.get(name, None)
12858         if type(obj) not in [type, types.ClassType, types.FunctionType, types.BuiltinFunctionType]:
12859             return False
12860         if name.startswith('_') or name.startswith('EVT') or name.endswith('_swigregister')  or name.endswith('Ptr') :
12861             return False
12862         return True
12863
12864 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12865 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12866
12867 # Import other modules in this package that should show up in the
12868 # "core" wx namespace
12869 from _gdi import *
12870 from _windows import *
12871 from _controls import *
12872 from _misc import *
12873
12874
12875 # Fixup the stock objects since they can't be used yet.  (They will be
12876 # restored in wx.PyApp.OnInit.)
12877 _core_._wxPyFixStockObjects()
12878
12879 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12880 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12881
12882
12883